The WSIT Tutorial

Sun Microsystems, Inc.

4150 Network Circle
Santa Clara, CA 95054
U.S.A.

Part No: 820–3603

November 2007
Copyright 2007 Sun Microsystems, Inc. 4150 Network Circle, Santa Clara, CA 95054 U.S.A. All rights reserved.

Sun Microsystems, Inc. has intellectual property rights relating to technology embodied in the product that is described in this document. In particular, and without
limitation, these intellectual property rights may include one or more U.S. patents or pending patent applications in the U.S. and in other countries.
U.S. Government Rights – Commercial software. Government users are subject to the Sun Microsystems, Inc. standard license agreement and applicable provisions
of the FAR and its supplements.
This distribution may include materials developed by third parties.
Parts of the product may be derived from Berkeley BSD systems, licensed from the University of California. UNIX is a registered trademark in the U.S. and other
countries, exclusively licensed through X/Open Company, Ltd.
Sun, Sun Microsystems, the Sun logo, the Solaris logo, the Java Coffee Cup logo, docs.sun.com, J2EE, JavaServer Pages, Enterprise JavaBeans, Java Naming and
Directory Interface, EJB, JSP, J2SE, Java, and Solaris are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sun Microsystems, Inc. in the U.S. and other countries. All SPARC
trademarks are used under license and are trademarks or registered trademarks of SPARC International, Inc. in the U.S. and other countries. Products bearing
SPARC trademarks are based upon an architecture developed by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
Unless otherwise licensed, software code in all technical materials herein (including articles, FAQs, samples) is provided under this License
(http://developers.sun.com/berkeley_license.html).
The OPEN LOOK and SunTM Graphical User Interface was developed by Sun Microsystems, Inc. for its users and licensees. Sun acknowledges the pioneering efforts
of Xerox in researching and developing the concept of visual or graphical user interfaces for the computer industry. Sun holds a non-exclusive license from Xerox to
the Xerox Graphical User Interface, which license also covers Sun's licensees who implement OPEN LOOK GUIs and otherwise comply with Sun's written license
agreements.
Products covered by and information contained in this publication are controlled by U.S. Export Control laws and may be subject to the export or import laws in
other countries. Nuclear, missile, chemical or biological weapons or nuclear maritime end uses or end users, whether direct or indirect, are strictly prohibited. Export
or reexport to countries subject to U.S. embargo or to entities identified on U.S. export exclusion lists, including, but not limited to, the denied persons and specially
designated nationals lists is strictly prohibited.
DOCUMENTATION IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND ALL EXPRESS OR IMPLIED CONDITIONS, REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES, INCLUDING ANY
IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT, ARE DISCLAIMED, EXCEPT TO
THE EXTENT THAT SUCH DISCLAIMERS ARE HELD TO BE LEGALLY INVALID.

Copyright 2007 Sun Microsystems, Inc. 4150 Network Circle, Santa Clara, CA 95054 U.S.A. Tous droits réservés.
Sun Microsystems, Inc. détient les droits de propriété intellectuelle relatifs à la technologie incorporée dans le produit qui est décrit dans ce document. En particulier,
et ce sans limitation, ces droits de propriété intellectuelle peuvent inclure un ou plusieurs brevets américains ou des applications de brevet en attente aux Etats-Unis
et dans d'autres pays.
Cette distribution peut comprendre des composants développés par des tierces personnes.
Certaines composants de ce produit peuvent être dérivées du logiciel Berkeley BSD, licenciés par l'Université de Californie. UNIX est une marque déposée aux
Etats-Unis et dans d'autres pays; elle est licenciée exclusivement par X/Open Company, Ltd.
Sun, Sun Microsystems, le logo Sun, le logo Solaris, le logo Java Coffee Cup, docs.sun.com, J2EE, JavaServer Pages, Enterprise JavaBeans, Java Naming and Directory
Interface, EJB, JSP, J2SE, Java et Solaris sont des marques de fabrique ou des marques déposées de Sun Microsystems, Inc. aux Etats-Unis et dans d'autres pays. Toutes
les marques SPARC sont utilisées sous licence et sont des marques de fabrique ou des marques déposées de SPARC International, Inc. aux Etats-Unis et dans d'autres
pays. Les produits portant les marques SPARC sont basés sur une architecture développée par Sun Microsystems, Inc.
A moins qu'autrement autorisé, le code de logiciel en tous les matériaux techniques dans le présent (articles y compris, FAQs, échantillons) est fourni sous ce permis
(http://developers.sun.com/berkeley_license.html).
L'interface d'utilisation graphique OPEN LOOK et Sun a été développée par Sun Microsystems, Inc. pour ses utilisateurs et licenciés. Sun reconnaît les efforts de
pionniers de Xerox pour la recherche et le développement du concept des interfaces d'utilisation visuelle ou graphique pour l'industrie de l'informatique. Sun détient
une licence non exclusive de Xerox sur l'interface d'utilisation graphique Xerox, cette licence couvrant également les licenciés de Sun qui mettent en place l'interface
d'utilisation graphique OPEN LOOK et qui, en outre, se conforment aux licences écrites de Sun.
Les produits qui font l'objet de cette publication et les informations qu'il contient sont régis par la legislation américaine en matière de contrôle des exportations et
peuvent être soumis au droit d'autres pays dans le domaine des exportations et importations. Les utilisations finales, ou utilisateurs finaux, pour des armes nucléaires,
des missiles, des armes chimiques ou biologiques ou pour le nucléaire maritime, directement ou indirectement, sont strictement interdites. Les exportations ou
réexportations vers des pays sous embargo des Etats-Unis, ou vers des entités figurant sur les listes d'exclusion d'exportation américaines, y compris, mais de manière
non exclusive, la liste de personnes qui font objet d'un ordre de ne pas participer, d'une façon directe ou indirecte, aux exportations des produits ou des services qui
sont régis par la legislation américaine en matière de contrôle des exportations et la liste de ressortissants spécifiquement designés, sont rigoureusement interdites.
LA DOCUMENTATION EST FOURNIE "EN L'ETAT" ET TOUTES AUTRES CONDITIONS, DECLARATIONS ET GARANTIES EXPRESSES OU TACITES
SONT FORMELLEMENT EXCLUES, DANS LA MESURE AUTORISEE PAR LA LOI APPLICABLE, Y COMPRIS NOTAMMENT TOUTE GARANTIE
IMPLICITE RELATIVE A LA QUALITE MARCHANDE, A L'APTITUDE A UNE UTILISATION PARTICULIERE OU A L'ABSENCE DE CONTREFACON.

080311@19860
 Contents

Preface .....................................................................................................................................................9

1 About The Examples ............................................................................................................................17

Required Software ............................................................................................................................... 17

2 Introduction to WSIT ...........................................................................................................................19

What is WSIT? ..................................................................................................................................... 19
Bootstrapping and Configuration .............................................................................................. 20
Message Optimization Technology ........................................................................................... 22
Reliable Messaging Technology ................................................................................................. 22
Security Technology .................................................................................................................... 23
How WSIT Relates to Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) ....................................... 24
WSIT Specifications ............................................................................................................................ 25
Bootstrapping and Configuration Specifications ..................................................................... 25
Message Optimization Specifications ........................................................................................ 27
Reliable Messaging Specifications .............................................................................................. 28
Security Specifications ................................................................................................................. 30
How the WSIT Technologies Work .................................................................................................. 31
How Message Optimization Works ........................................................................................... 31
How Reliable Messaging Works ................................................................................................. 32
How Security Works .................................................................................................................... 34

3 WSIT Example Using a Web Container and NetBeans IDE .............................................................39

Registering GlassFish with the IDE ................................................................................................... 39
▼ To Register GlassFish with the IDE ........................................................................................... 39
Creating a Web Service ....................................................................................................................... 40
▼ To Create the Web Service .......................................................................................................... 40

3
Contents

Configuring WSIT Features in the Web Service .............................................................................. 42

▼ To Configure WSIT Features in the Web Service .................................................................... 42
Deploying and Testing a Web Service ............................................................................................... 44
▼ To Deploy and Test a Web Service ............................................................................................. 44
Creating a Client to Consume a WSIT-Enabled Web Service ....................................................... 45
▼ To Create a Client to Consume a WSIT-Enabled Web Service .............................................. 45

4 Bootstrapping and Configuration ....................................................................................................49

What is a Server-Side Endpoint? ....................................................................................................... 49
Creating a Client from WSDL ............................................................................................................ 49
Client From WSDL Examples ............................................................................................................ 50

5 Message Optimization ........................................................................................................................51

Creating a Web Service ....................................................................................................................... 51
Configuring Message Optimization in a Web Service .................................................................... 52
▼ To Configure Message Optimization in a Web Service ........................................................... 52
Deploying and Testing a Web Service with Message Optimization Enabled ............................... 52
▼ To Deploy and Test a Web Service with Message Optimization Enabled ............................. 53
Creating a Client to Consume a WSIT-enabled Web Service ........................................................ 53
▼ To Create a Client to Consume a WSIT-enabled Web Service .............................................. 53
Message Optimization and Secure Conversation ............................................................................ 56

6 Using Reliable Messaging ..................................................................................................................57

Reliable Messaging Options ............................................................................................................... 57
Creating Web Service Providers and Clients that use Reliable Messaging ................................... 58
Using Secure Conversation With Reliable Messaging .................................................................... 59
Using WS-ReliableMessaging v1.1 .................................................................................................... 59
Enabling WS-ReliableMessaging v1.1 in Metro v1.1 ............................................................... 60
▼ Enabling WS-RM v1.1 using NetBeans IDE ..................................................................... 60

7 Using WSIT Security ............................................................................................................................63

Configuring Security Using NetBeans IDE ...................................................................................... 63
▼ To Secure the Service ................................................................................................................... 64
▼ To Secure the Client ..................................................................................................................... 67

4 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Contents

Summary of Configuration Requirements ....................................................................................... 69

Summary of Service-Side Configuration Requirements ......................................................... 69
Summary of Client-Side Configuration Requirements ........................................................... 70
Security Mechanisms .......................................................................................................................... 76
Username Authentication with Symmetric Key ...................................................................... 77
Mutual Certificates Security ....................................................................................................... 77
Transport Security (SSL) ............................................................................................................. 77
Message Authentication over SSL .............................................................................................. 79
SAML Authorization over SSL ................................................................................................... 79
Endorsing Certificate ................................................................................................................... 79
SAML Sender Vouches with Certificates .................................................................................. 80
SAML Holder of Key .................................................................................................................... 80
STS Issued Token ......................................................................................................................... 81
STS Issued Token with Service Certificate ................................................................................ 81
STS Issued Endorsing Token ...................................................................................................... 82
Configuring SSL and Authorized Users ............................................................................................ 83
Configuring SSL For Your Applications ................................................................................... 83
▼ To Configure SSL for Your Application ............................................................................ 83
Adding Users to GlassFish .......................................................................................................... 86
▼ To Add a User to GlassFish for Development ................................................................... 86
▼ To Add Users to GlassFish Using the Admin Console ..................................................... 87
▼ To Add Users to GlassFish From the Command Line ..................................................... 88
Configuring Keystores and Truststores ............................................................................................ 88
▼ To Automatically Update GlassFish Certificates ..................................................................... 88
▼ To Manually Update GlassFish Certificates .............................................................................. 89
Specifying Aliases with the Updated Stores .............................................................................. 91
Configuring the Keystore and Truststore ................................................................................. 91
▼ To Configure the Keystore on a Service Automatically ................................................... 91
▼ To Configure the Keystore on a Service Manually ............................................................ 92
▼ To Configure the Truststore on a Service Automatically ................................................ 93
▼ To Configure the Truststore on a Service Manually ......................................................... 94
▼ To Configure the Keystore and Truststore on a Client .................................................... 95
Configuring Validators ............................................................................................................... 97
▼ To Set Validator Configuration Options ........................................................................... 98
Securing Operations and Messages ................................................................................................... 99
▼ To Specify Security at the Operation, Input Message, or Output Message Level ................. 99

5
Contents

Supporting Token Options ....................................................................................................... 104

Configuring A Secure Token Service (STS) ................................................................................... 104
▼ To Create a Third-Party STS ..................................................................................................... 105
▼ To Specify an STS on the Service Side ...................................................................................... 108
▼ To Specify an STS on the Client Side ....................................................................................... 109
Example Applications ....................................................................................................................... 112
Example: Username Authentication with Symmetric Key (UA) ......................................... 112
▼ To Secure the Example Service Application (UA) .......................................................... 112
▼ To Secure the Example Web Service Client Application (UA) ..................................... 113
Example: Mutual Certificates Security (MCS) ........................................................................ 114
▼ To Secure the Example Service Application (MCS) ....................................................... 114
▼ To Secure the Example Web Service Client Application (MCS) .................................. 115
Example: Transport Security (SSL) .......................................................................................... 116
▼ To Secure the Example Service Application (SSL) .......................................................... 116
▼ To Secure the Example Web Service Client Application (SSL) ..................................... 118
Example: SAML Authorization over SSL (SA) ....................................................................... 119
▼ To Secure the Example Service Application (SA) ........................................................... 119
▼ To Secure the Example Web Service Client Application (SA) ...................................... 120
Example: SAML Sender Vouches with Certificates (SV) ...................................................... 123
▼ To Secure the Example Service Application (SV) ........................................................... 123
▼ To Secure the Example Web Service Client Application (SV) ...................................... 124
Example: STS Issued Token (STS) ........................................................................................... 126
▼ To Create and Secure the STS (STS) ................................................................................. 126
▼ To Secure the Example Service Application (STS) ......................................................... 128
▼ To Secure the Example Web Service Client Application (STS) .................................... 129
Example: Kerberos Token (Kerb) ............................................................................................ 132
▼ To Set Up Your System for Kerberos Profile ................................................................... 132
▼ To Secure the Example Service Application (Kerb) ....................................................... 132
▼ To Secure the Example Web Service Client Application (Kerb) ................................... 135
Further Information .......................................................................................................................... 135

8 WSIT Security Features: Advanced Topics ..................................................................................... 137

Using Security Mechanisms ............................................................................................................. 137
Understanding WSIT Configuration Files ..................................................................................... 138
Service-Side WSIT Configuration Files ................................................................................... 139

6 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Contents

Client-Side WSIT Configuration Files .................................................................................... 142

Security Mechanism Configuration Options ................................................................................. 145

9 WSIT Example Using a Web Container Without NetBeans IDE ...................................................151

Environment Configuration Settings ............................................................................................. 152
Setting the Web Container Listener Port ................................................................................ 152
Setting the Web Container Home Directory .......................................................................... 152
WSIT Configuration and WS-Policy Assertions ........................................................................... 152
Creating a Web Service ..................................................................................................................... 153
Creating a Web Service From Java ........................................................................................... 153
Creating a Web Service From WSDL ...................................................................................... 156
Building and Deploying the Web Service ....................................................................................... 158
Building and Deploying a Web Service Created From Java .................................................. 158
Building and Deploying a Web Service Created From WSDL ............................................. 159
Deploying the Web Service to a Web Container .................................................................... 159
Verifying Deployment ............................................................................................................... 160
Creating a Web Service Client ......................................................................................................... 161
Creating a Client from Java ....................................................................................................... 161
Creating a Client from WSDL .................................................................................................. 163
Building and Deploying a Client ..................................................................................................... 164
Running a Web Service Client ......................................................................................................... 165
Undeploying a Web Service ............................................................................................................. 165

10 Accessing WSIT Services Using WCF Clients .................................................................................. 167

Creating a WCF Client ...................................................................................................................... 167
Prerequisites to Creating the WCF Client ............................................................................... 167
Examining the Client Class ....................................................................................................... 168
Building and Running the Client ............................................................................................. 169
▼ To Build the AddNumbers Client ..................................................................................... 169
▼ To Customize the build.bat File ..................................................................................... 170
▼ To Run the AddNumbers Client ....................................................................................... 170

11 Data Contracts ....................................................................................................................................171

Web Service - Start from Java ........................................................................................................... 172

7
Contents

Data Types .................................................................................................................................. 172

Fields and Properties ................................................................................................................. 187
Java Classes ................................................................................................................................. 190
Open Content ............................................................................................................................. 193
Enum Type .................................................................................................................................. 195
Package-level Annotations ....................................................................................................... 196
Web Service - Start from WSDL ...................................................................................................... 197
Java Client ........................................................................................................................................... 197
Customizations for WCF Service WSDL ........................................................................................ 197
generateElementProperty Attribute ..................................................................................... 197
Developing a Microsoft .NET Client ............................................................................................... 201
▼ To Develop a Microsoft .NET Client ....................................................................................... 201
BP 1.1 Conformance ......................................................................................................................... 202

12 Using Atomic Transactions ...............................................................................................................203

About the basicWSTX Example ...................................................................................................... 203
Building, Deploying and Running the basicWSTX Example ...................................................... 207
▼ To Build, Deploy, and Run the basicWSTX Example ........................................................... 207

Index ................................................................................................................................................... 215

8 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Preface

This tutorial explains how to develop web applications using the Web Services Interoperability
Technologies (WSIT). The tutorial describes how, when, and why to use the WSIT technologies
and also describes the features and options that each technology supports.

WSIT, developed by Sun Microsystems, implements several new web services technologies
including WS-Security, WS-Trust, WS-SecureConversation, WS-ReliableMessaging,
WS-AtomicTransactions, Data Binding, and Optimization. WSIT was also tested in a joint
effort by Sun Microsystems, Inc. and Microsoft with the expressed goal of ensuring
interoperability between web services applications developed using either WSIT and the
Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) product.

This tutorial addresses the following technology areas:

■ Bootstrapping and Configuration
■ Message Optimization
■ Reliable Messaging (WS-RM)
■ Web Services Security 1.1 (WS-Security)
■ Web Services Trust (WS-Trust)
■ Web Services Secure Conversation (WS-Secure Conversation)
■ Data Contracts
■ Atomic Transactions (WS-AT)

This preface contains information about and conventions for the entire Sun JavaTM System
Application Server documentation set.

Who Should Use This Book

This tutorial is intended for programmers who are interested in developing and deploying Java
based clients and service providers that can interoperate with Microsoft .NET 3.0 clients and
service providers.

9
Preface

Before You Read This Book

Before proceeding with this tutorial, you should have a good knowledge of the Java
programming language. A good way to get to that point is to work through The Java Tutorial,
Fourth Edition, Sharon Zakhour et al. (Addison-Wesley, 2006). You should also be familiar with
the Java DataBase Connectivity (JDBCTM) and relational database features described in JDBC
API Tutorial and Reference, Third Edition, Maydene Fisher et al. (Addison-Wesley, 2003).

How This Book Is Organized

The tutorial consists of the following chapters:
■ Chapter 1, “About The Examples,” describes the software needed to run the tutorial
examples.
■ Chapter 2, “Introduction to WSIT,” introduces WSIT, highlights the features of each WSIT
technology, describes the standards that WSIT implements for each technology, and
provides high-level descriptions of how each technology works.
■ Chapter 3, “WSIT Example Using a Web Container and NetBeans IDE,” provides
instructions for creating, deploying, and testing Web service providers and clients using
NetBeans IDE.
■ Chapter 4, “Bootstrapping and Configuration,” describes how to create a WSIT client from a
Web Service Description Language (WSDL) file.
■ Chapter 5, “Message Optimization,” describes how to configure web service providers and
clients to use message optimization.
■ Chapter 6, “Using Reliable Messaging,” describes how to configure web service providers
and clients to use reliable messaging.
■ Chapter 7, “Using WSIT Security,” describes how to use the NetBeans IDE to configure web
service providers and clients to use web services security.
■ Chapter 9, “WSIT Example Using a Web Container Without NetBeans IDE,” provides code
examples and instructions for creating, deploying, and testing web service providers and
clients using either of the supported web containers.
■ Chapter 10, “Accessing WSIT Services Using WCF Clients,” describes how to build and run
a Microsoft Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) client that accesses the
addnumbers service described in Chapter Table 8–1.
■ Chapter 11, “Data Contracts,” describes the best practices for production and consumption
of data contracts for interoperability between WCF web services and Java web service clients
or Java web services and WCF web service clients.
■ Chapter 12, “Using Atomic Transactions,” describes Atomic Transactions.

10 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Preface

Providing Feedback
Please send comments, broken link reports, errors, suggestions, and questions about this
tutorial to the tutorial team at [email protected] .

Application Server Documentation Set

The Application Server documentation set describes deployment planning and system
installation. The Uniform Resource Locator (URL) for Application Server documentation is
http://docs.sun.com/coll/1343.4. For an introduction to Application Server, refer to the
books in the order in which they are listed in the following table.

TABLE P–1 Books in the Application Server Documentation Set

Book Title Description

Documentation Center Application Server documentation topics organized by task and subject.

Release Notes Late-breaking information about the software and the documentation. Includes a
comprehensive, table-based summary of the supported hardware, operating system, Java
Development Kit (JDKTM), and database drivers.

Quick Start Guide How to get started with the Application Server product.

Installation Guide Installing the software and its components.

Deployment Planning Guide Evaluating your system needs and enterprise to ensure that you deploy the Application Server
in a manner that best suits your site. General issues and concerns that you must be aware of
when deploying the server are also discussed.

Application Deployment Guide Deployment of applications and application components to the Application Server. Includes
information about deployment descriptors.

Developer’s Guide Creating and implementing Java Platform, Enterprise Edition (Java EE platform) applications
intended to run on the Application Server that follow the open Java standards model for Java
EE components and APIs. Includes information about developer tools, security, debugging,
and creating lifecycle modules.

Java EE 5 Tutorial Using Java EE 5 platform technologies and APIs to develop Java EE applications.

Java WSIT Tutorial Developing web applications using the Web Service Interoperability Technologies (WSIT).
Describes how, when, and why to use the WSIT technologies and the features and options
that each technology supports.

Administration Guide System administration for the Application Server, including configuration, monitoring,
security, resource management, and web services management.

High Availability Administration Post-installation configuration and administration instructions for the high-availability
Guide database.

11
Preface

TABLE P–1 Books in the Application Server Documentation Set (Continued)

Book Title Description

Administration Reference Editing the Application Server configuration file, domain.xml.

Upgrade and Migration Guide Upgrading from an older version of Application Server or migrating Java EE applications
from competitive application servers. This guide also describes differences between adjacent
product releases and configuration options that can result in incompatibility with the product
specifications.

Performance Tuning Guide Tuning the Application Server to improve performance.

Troubleshooting Guide Solving Application Server problems.

Error Message Reference Solving Application Server error messages.

Reference Manual Utility commands available with the Application Server; written in man page style. Includes
the asadmin command line interface.

Related Documentation
Application Server can be purchased by itself or as a component of Sun Java Enterprise System
(Java ES), a software infrastructure that supports enterprise applications distributed across a
network or Internet environment. If you purchased Application Server as a component of
Java ES, you should be familiar with the system documentation at
http://docs.sun.com/coll/1286.3. The URL for all documentation about Java ES and its
components is http://docs.sun.com/prod/entsys.5.

For documentation about other stand-alone Sun Java System server products, go to the
following:
■ Message Queue documentation (http://docs.sun.com/coll/1343.4)
■ Directory Server documentation (http://docs.sun.com/coll/1224.1)
■ Web Server documentation (http://docs.sun.com/coll/1308.3)

A JavadocTM tool reference for packages provided with the Application Server is located at
http://glassfish.dev.java.net/nonav/javaee5/api/index.html. Additionally, the
following resources might be useful:
■ The Java EE 5 Specifications (http://java.sun.com/javaee/5/javatech.html)
■ The Java EE Blueprints (http://java.sun.com/reference/blueprints/index.html)

For information on creating enterprise applications in the NetBeansTM Integrated Development

Environment (IDE), see http://www.netbeans.org/kb/55/index.html.

For information about the Java DB database included with the Application Server, see
http://developers.sun.com/javadb/.

12 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Preface

The GlassFish Samples project is a collection of sample applications that demonstrate a broad
range of Java EE technologies. The GlassFish Samples are bundled with the Java EE Software
Development Kit (SDK), and are also available from the GlassFish Samples project page at
https://glassfish-samples.dev.java.net/.

Default Paths and File Names

The following table describes the default paths and file names that are used in this book.

TABLE P–2 Default Paths and File Names

Placeholder Description Default Value

tut-install Represents the base installation directory for None. Install the tutorial in a directory without spaces in the path.
the WSIT Tutorial.

java-home Represents the base installation directory for None. Same value as the JAVA_HOME environment variable.
the Java Platform, Standard Edition (Java SE
platform).

netbeans-install Represents the base installation directory for None.

NetBeans IDE.

as-install Represents the base installation directory for Java ES installations on the SolarisTM operating system:
the Application Server or the Software
/opt/SUNWappserver/appserver
Development Kit (SDK) of which the
Application Server is a part. Java ES installations on the Linux operating system:
/opt/sun/appserver/
Other Solaris and Linux non-SDK installations, non-root user:
user’s-home-directory/SUNWappserver
Other Solaris and Linux non-SDK installations, root user:
/opt/SUNWappserver
Solaris and Linux SDK installations:
user’s-home-directory/SDK
Windows, all non-SDK installations:
SystemDrive:\Sun\AppServer
Windows, all SDK installations:
SystemDrive:\Sun\SDK

13
Preface

TABLE P–2 Default Paths and File Names (Continued)

Placeholder Description Default Value

domain-root-dir Represents the directory containing all Java ES Solaris installations:

Application Server domains.
/var/opt/SUNWappserver/domains/
Java ES Linux installations:
/var/opt/sun/appserver/domains/
All other installations:
as-install/domains/

domain-dir Represents the directory for a domain. domain-root-dir/domain-dir

In configuration files, you might see
domain-dir represented as follows:
${com.sun.aas.instanceRoot}

instance-dir Represents the directory for a server instance. domain-dir/instance-dir

Typographic Conventions
The following table describes the typographic changes that are used in this book.

TABLE P–3 Typographic Conventions

Typeface Meaning Example

AaBbCc123 The names of commands, files, and Edit your .login file.
directories, and onscreen computer
Use ls -a to list all files.
output
machine_name% you have mail.

AaBbCc123 What you type, contrasted with onscreen machine_name% su

computer output
Password:

AaBbCc123 A placeholder to be replaced with a real The command to remove a file is rm filename.
name or value

AaBbCc123 Book titles, new terms, and terms to be Read Chapter 6 in the User's Guide.
emphasized (note that some emphasized
A cache is a copy that is stored locally.
items appear bold online)
Do not save the file.

14 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Preface

Symbol Conventions
The following table explains symbols that might be used in this book.

TABLE P–4 Symbol Conventions

Symbol Description Example Meaning

[] Contains optional arguments ls [-l] The -l option is not required.

and command options.

{|} Contains a set of choices for a -d {y|n} The -d option requires that you use
required command option. either the y argument or the n
argument.

${ } Indicates a variable ${com.sun.javaRoot} References the value of the

reference. com.sun.javaRoot variable.

- Joins simultaneous multiple Control-A Press the Control key while you press
keystrokes. the A key.

+ Joins consecutive multiple Ctrl+A+N Press the Control key, release it, and
keystrokes. then press the subsequent keys.

→ Indicates menu item File → New → Templates From the File menu, choose New.
selection in a graphical user From the New submenu, choose
interface. Templates.

Documentation, Support, and Training

The Sun web site provides information about the following additional resources:
■ Documentation (http://www.sun.com/documentation/)
■ Support (http://www.sun.com/support/)
■ Training (http://www.sun.com/training/)

Searching Sun Product Documentation

Besides searching Sun product documentation from the docs.sun.comSM web site, you can use a
search engine by typing the following syntax in the search field:

search-term site:docs.sun.com

For example, to search for “broker,” type the following:

broker site:docs.sun.com

15
Preface

To include other Sun web sites in your search (for example, java.sun.com, www.sun.com, and
developers.sun.com), use sun.com in place of docs.sun.com in the search field.

Third-Party Web Site References

Third-party URLs are referenced in this document and provide additional, related information.

Note – Sun is not responsible for the availability of third-party web sites mentioned in this
document. Sun does not endorse and is not responsible or liable for any content, advertising,
products, or other materials that are available on or through such sites or resources. Sun will not
be responsible or liable for any actual or alleged damage or loss caused or alleged to be caused by
or in connection with use of or reliance on any such content, goods, or services that are available
on or through such sites or resources.

Sun Welcomes Your Comments

Sun is interested in improving its documentation and welcomes your comments and
suggestions. To share your comments, go to http://docs.sun.com and click Send Comments.
In the online form, provide the full document title and part number. The part number is a
7-digit or 9-digit number that can be found on the book's title page or in the document's URL.
For example, the part number of this book is 819-3669.

16 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 1
C H A P T E R

About The Examples

1

This chapter describes the software needed to install, build, and run the examples.

Required Software
To use this tutorial you must download and install the following software:
■ The latest Java SE 5.0 (Update 14) or JDK 6.0 (Update 4) with which the WSIT software has
been extensively tested
■ One of the following web containers:
■ Application Server 9.1 Update 1
■ GlassFish V2 Update 1

You can run the examples in this tutorial that use a web container without the NetBeans IDE
on either Application Server (or GlassFish) or Tomcat. However, for this edition of the
tutorial, you can only run the examples that use a web container and the NetBeans IDE with
Application Server (or GlassFish).
■ Metro Version 1.1 binary, which includes the WSIT Version 1.1 software that you install
into your Application Server 9.1 Update 1 (or Glassfish V2 Update 1) installation.
■ NetBeans IDE 6.0

See the WSIT Installation Instructions, located at

https://wsit-docs.dev.java.net/releases/1.1/install.html, for instructions about
downloading and installing all the required software.

To run the examples described in this tutorial, you must also download the WSIT samples kits.
Download the sample kits from the following locations:
■ https://wsit.dev.java.net/
source/browse/*checkout*/wsit/wsit/docs/howto/wsit-enabled-fromjava.zip

17
Required Software

■ https://wsit.dev.java.net/
source/browse/*checkout*/wsit/wsit/docs/howto/wsit-enabled-fromwsdl.zip
■ https://wsit.dev.java.net/
source/browse/*checkout*/wsit/wsit/docs/howto/client-enabled-fromjava.zip
■ https://wsit-docs.dev.java.net/releases/1.1/wsittutorial.zip

18 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 2
C H A P T E R 2

Introduction to WSIT

This tutorial describes how to use the Web Services Interoperability Technologies (WSIT), a
product of Sun Microsystems web services interoperability effort to develop Java clients and
service providers that interoperate with Microsoft .NET 3.0 clients and service providers.

What is WSIT?
Sun is working closely with Microsoft to ensure interoperability of web services enterprise
technologies such as message optimization, reliable messaging, and security. The initial release
of WSIT is a product of this joint effort. WSIT is an implementation of a number of open web
services specifications to support enterprise features. In addition to message optimization,
reliable messaging, and security, WSIT includes a bootstrapping and configuration technology.
Figure 2–1 shows the underlying services that were implemented for each technology.

19
What is WSIT?

Core XML
XML
XML Namespace
Optimization Reliability
XML Infoset
SOAP WS-ReliableMessaging
XML Schema
MTOM WS-Coordination

WS-Addressing WS-AtomicTransactions

Security
Bootstrapping
WS-Security Policy
WSDL
WS-Security
WS-Policy
WS-Trust
WS-MetadataExchange
WS-SecureConversation

FIGURE 2–1 WSIT Web Services Features

Starting with the core XML support currently built into the Java platform, WSIT uses or extends
existing features and adds new support for interoperable web services. See the following
sections for an overview of each feature:
■ “Bootstrapping and Configuration” on page 20
■ “Message Optimization Technology” on page 22
■ “Reliable Messaging Technology” on page 22
■ “Security Technology” on page 23

Bootstrapping and Configuration

Bootstrapping and configuration consists of using a URL to access a web service, retrieving its
WSDL file, and using the WSDL file to create a web service client that can access and consume a
web service. The process consists of the following steps, which are shown in Figure 2–2.

20 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 What is WSIT?

Client
Application

Get URL
Web Service
Get URL Registry

MetadataExchange Request
wsimport
WSDL (Includes Policy)
Utility
Access and Consume the Web Service
Web Service
Web Service
Client

FIGURE 2–2 Bootstrapping and Configuration

1. Client acquires the URL for a web service that it wants to access and consume. How you
acquire the URL is outside the scope of this tutorial. For example, you might look up the
URL in a Web Services registry.
2. The client uses the URL and the wsimport tool to send a MetadataExchangeRequest to
access the web service and retrieve the WSDL file. The WSDL file contains a description of
the web service endpoint, including WS-Policy assertions that describe the security and/or
reliability capabilities and requirements of the service. The description describes the
requirements that must be satisfied to access and consume the web service.
3. The client uses the WSDL file to create the web service client.
4. The web service client accesses and consumes the web service.

Chapter 4, “Bootstrapping and Configuration,” explains how to bootstrap and configure a web
service client and a web service endpoint that use the WSIT technologies.

Chapter 2 • Introduction to WSIT 21

What is WSIT?

Message Optimization Technology

A primary function of web services applications is to share data among applications over the
Internet. The data shared can vary in format and include large binary payloads, such as
documents, images, music files, and so on. When large binary objects are encoded into XML
format for inclusion in SOAP messages, even larger files are produced. When a web service
processes and transmits these large files over the network, the performance of the web service
application and the network are negatively affected. In the worst case scenario the effects are as
follows:
■ The performance of the web service application degrades to a point that it is no longer
useful.
■ The network gets bogged down with more traffic than the allotted bandwidth can handle.

One way to deal with this problem is to encode the binary objects so as to optimize both the
SOAP application processing time and the bandwidth required to transmit the SOAP message
over the network. In short, XML needs to be optimized for web services. This is the exactly what
the Message Optimization technology does. It ensures that web services messages are
transmitted over the Internet in the most efficient manner.

Sun recommends that you use message optimization if your web service client or web service
endpoint will be required to process binary encoded XML documents larger than 1KB.

For instructions on how to use the Message Optimization technology, see Chapter 5, “Message
Optimization.”

Reliable Messaging Technology

Reliable Messaging is a Quality of Service (QoS) technology for building more reliable web
services. Reliability is measured by a system’s ability to deliver messages from point A to point B
without error. The primary purpose of Reliable Messaging is to ensure the delivery of
application messages to web service endpoints.

The reliable messaging technology ensures that messages in a given message sequence are
delivered at least once and not more than once and optionally in the correct order. When
messages in a given sequence are lost in transit or delivered out of order, this technology enables
systems to recover from such failures. If a message is lost in transit, the sending system
retransmits the message until its receipt is acknowledged by the receiving system. If messages
are received out of order, the receiving system may re-order the messages into the correct order.

The Reliable Messaging technology can also be used to implement session management. A
unique message sequence is created for each client-side proxy, and the lifetime of the sequence
identifier coincides with the lifetime of the proxy. Therefore, each message sequence can be
viewed as a session and can be used to implement session management.

22 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 What is WSIT?

You should consider using reliable messaging if the web service is experiencing the following
types of problems:
■ Communication failures are occurring that result in the network being unavailable or
connections being dropped
■ Application messages are being lost in transit
■ Application messages are arriving at their destination out of order and ordered delivery is a
requirement

To help decide whether or not to use reliable messaging, weigh the following advantages and
disadvantages:
■ Enabling reliable messaging ensures that messages are delivered exactly once from the
source to the destination and, if the ordered-delivery option is enabled, ensures that
messages are delivered in order.
■ Enabling reliable messaging causes a degradation of web service performance, especially if
the ordered delivery option is enabled.
■ Non-reliable messaging clients cannot interoperate with web services that have reliable
messaging enabled.

For instructions on how to use the Reliable Messaging technology, see Chapter 6, “Using
Reliable Messaging.”

Security Technology
Until now, web services have relied on transport-based security such as SSL to provide
point-to-point security. WSIT implements WS-Security so as to provide interoperable message
content integrity and confidentiality, even when messages pass through intermediary nodes
before reaching their destination endpoint. WS-Security as provided by WSIT is in addition to
existing transport-level security, which may still be used.

WSIT also enhances security by implementing WS-Secure Conversation, which enables a

consumer and provider to establish a shared security context when a
multiple-message-exchange sequence is first initiated. Subsequent messages use derived session
keys that increase the overall security while reducing the security processing overhead for each
message.

Further, WSIT implements two additional features to improve security in web services:
■ Web Services Security Policy: Enables web services to use security assertions to clearly
represent security preferences and requirements for web service endpoints.
■ Web Services Trust: Enables web service applications to use SOAP messages to request
security tokens that can then be used to establish trusted communications between a client
and a web service.

Chapter 2 • Introduction to WSIT 23

How WSIT Relates to Windows Communication Foundation (WCF)

WSIT implements these features in such a way as to ensure that web service binding security
requirements, as defined in the WSDL file, can interoperate with and be consumed by WSIT
and WCF endpoints.

For instructions on how to use the WS-Security technology, see Chapter 7, “Using WSIT
Security.”

How WSIT Relates to Windows Communication Foundation

(WCF)
Web services interoperability is an initiative of Sun and Microsoft. The goal is to produce web
services consumers and producers that support platform independence, and then to test and
deliver products to market that interoperate across different platforms.

WSIT is the product of Sun’s web services interoperability initiative. Windows Communication
Foundation (WCF) is Microsoft’s unified programming model for building connected systems.
WCF, which is now available as part of the .NET Framework 3.0 product, includes application
programming interfaces (APIs) for building secure, reliable, transacted web services that
interoperate with non-Microsoft platforms.

In a joint effort, Sun Microsystems and Microsoft are testing WSIT against WCF to ensure that
Sun web service clients (consumers) and web services (producers) do in fact interoperate with
WCF web services applications and vice versa. The testing will ensure that the following
interoperability goals are realized:
■ WSIT web services clients can access and consume WCF web services.
■ WCF web services clients can access and consume WSIT web services.

Sun is building WSIT on the Java platform and Microsoft is building WCF on the .NET 3.0
platform. The sections that follow describe the web services specifications implemented by Sun
Microsystems in Web Services Interoperability Technologies (WSIT) and provide high-level
descriptions of how each WSIT technology works.

Note – Because WSIT-based clients and services are interoperable, you can gain the benefits of
WSIT without using WCF.

24 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 WSIT Specifications

WSIT Specifications
The specifications for bootstrapping and configuration, message optimization, reliable
messaging, and security technologies are discussed in the following sections:
■ “Bootstrapping and Configuration Specifications” on page 25
■ “Message Optimization Specifications” on page 27
■ “Reliable Messaging Specifications” on page 28
■ “Security Specifications” on page 30

WSIT 1.0 implements the specification versions listed in Table 2–1.

TABLE 2–1 WSIT Specification Versions

Technology Version

Bootstrapping WS-MetadataExchange v1.1

Reliable Messaging WS-ReliableMessaging v1.0, v1.1

WS-ReliableMessaging Policy v1.0

Atomic Transactions WS-AtomicTransaction v1.0

WS-Coordination v1.0

Security WS-Security v1.1

WS-SecurityPolicy v1.1
WS-Trust v1.0
WS-SecureConversation v1.0

Policy WS-Policy v1.2

WS-PolicyAttachment v1.2

The same versions of these specifications are also implemented in WCF in .NET 3.0. Sun will
update to the standard versions of these specifications in a future release of WSIT. Those
versions will coincide with the versions used in WCF in .NET 3.5.

Bootstrapping and Configuration Specifications

Bootstrapping and configuring involves a client getting a web service URL (perhaps from a
service registry) and obtaining the information needed to build a web services client that is
capable of accessing and consuming a web service over the Internet. This information is usually
obtained from a WSDL file. Figure 2–3 shows the specifications that were implemented to
support bootstrapping and configuration.

Chapter 2 • Introduction to WSIT 25

WSIT Specifications

{
Web Services
Metadata Exchange
Bootstrapping
and
Configuration Web Services
Standards Policy

WSDL*

Core XML XML XML

XML
Standards Namespaces Infoset Schema

* Previously implemented in JAX-Web Services

FIGURE 2–3 Bootstrapping and Configuration Specifications

In addition to the Core XML specifications, bootstrapping and configuration was implemented
using the following specifications:
■ WSDL: The Web Services Description Language (WSDL) specification was previously
implemented in JAX-WS. WSDL is a standardized XML format for describing network
services. The description includes the name of the service, the location of the service, and
ways to communicate with the service, that is, what transport to use. WSDL descriptions can
be stored in service registries, published on the Internet, or both.
■ Web Services Policy: This specification provides a flexible and extensible grammar for
expressing the capabilities, requirements, and general characteristics of a web service. It
provides the mechanisms needed to enable web services applications to specify policy
information in a standardized way. However, this specification does not provide a protocol
that constitutes a negotiation or message exchange solution for web Services. Rather, it
specifies a building block that is used in conjunction with the WS-Metadata Exchange
protocol. When applied in the web services model, policy is used to convey conditions on
interactions between two web service endpoints. Typically, the provider of a web service
exposes a policy to convey conditions under which it provides the service. A requester might
use the policy to decide whether or not to use the service.
■ Web Services Metadata Exchange: This specification defines a protocol to enable a
consumer to obtain a web service’s metadata, that is, its WSDL and policies. It can be
thought of as a bootstrap mechanism for communication.

26 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 WSIT Specifications

Message Optimization Specifications

Message optimization is the process of transmitting web services messages in the most efficient
manner. It is achieved in web services communication by encoding messages prior to
transmission and then de-encoding them when they reach their final destination.

Figure 2–4 shows the specifications that were implemented to optimize communication
between two web service endpoints.

{
SOAP MTOM

Optimization Web Services

Standards Secure Conversation

Web Services
Addressing

Supporting Standard SOAP*

Core XML XML XML

XML
Standards Namespaces Infoset Schema

* Previously implemented in JAX-Web Services

FIGURE 2–4 Message Optimization Specifications

In addition to the Core XML specifications, optimization was implemented using the following
specifications:
■ SOAP: JAX Web Services currently supports the SOAP wire protocol. With SOAP
implementations, client requests and web service responses are most often transmitted as
Simple Object Access Protocol (SOAP) messages over HTTP to enable a completely
interoperable exchange between clients and web services, all running on different platforms
and at various locations on the Internet. HTTP is a familiar request-and response standard
for sending messages over the Internet, and SOAP is an XML-based protocol that follows
the HTTP request-and-response model. In SOAP 1.1, the SOAP portion of a transported
message handles the following:
■ Defines an XML-based envelope to describe what is in the message and how to process
the message.
■ Includes XML-based encoding rules to express instances of application-defined data
types within the message.

Chapter 2 • Introduction to WSIT 27

WSIT Specifications

■ Defines an XML-based convention for representing the request to the remote service
and the resulting response.
In SOAP 1.2 implementations, web service endpoint addresses can be included in the
XML-based SOAP envelope, rather than in the transport header (for example in the
HTTP transport header), thus enabling SOAP messages to be transport independent.
■ Web Services Addressing: The Java APIs for W3C Web Services Addressing were first
shipped with Java Web Services Developer’s Pack 2.0 (JWSDP 2.0). This specification
defines a set of abstract properties and an XML Infoset representation that can be bound to a
SOAP message so as to reference web services and to facilitate end-to-end addressing of
endpoints in messages. A web service endpoint is an entity, processor, or resource that can
be referenced and to which web services messages can be addressed. Endpoint references
convey the information needed to address a web service endpoint. The specification defines
two constructs: message addressing properties and endpoint references, that normalize the
information typically provided by transport protocols and messaging systems in a way that
is independent of any particular transport or messaging system. This is accomplished by
defining XML tags for including web service addresses in the SOAP message, instead of the
HTTP header. The implementation of these features enables messaging systems to support
message transmission in a transport-neutral manner through networks that include
processing nodes such as endpoint managers, firewalls, and gateways.
■ Web Services Secure Conversation: This specification provides better message-level
security and efficiency in multiple-message exchanges in a standardized way. It defines basic
mechanisms on top of which secure messaging semantics can be defined for
multiple-message exchanges and allows for contexts to be established and potentially more
efficient keys or new key material to be exchanged, thereby increasing the overall
performance and security of the subsequent exchanges.
■ SOAP MTOM: The SOAP Message Transmission Optimization Mechanism (MTOM),
paired with the XML-binary Optimized Packaging (XOP), provides standard mechanisms
for optimizing the transmission and/or wire format of SOAP messages by selectively
encoding portions of the SOAP message, while still presenting an XML Infoset to the SOAP
application. This mechanism enables the definition of a hop-by-hop contract between a
SOAP node and the next SOAP node in the SOAP message path so as to facilitate the
efficient pass-through of optimized data contained within headers or bodies of SOAP
messages that are relayed by an intermediary. Further, it enables message optimization to be
done in a binding independent way.

Reliable Messaging Specifications

Reliability is measured by a system’s ability to deliver messages from point A to point B without
error. Figure 2–5 shows the specifications that were implemented to ensure reliable delivery of
messages between two web services endpoints.

28 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 WSIT Specifications

Supporting
Reliability
Standards
{
Web Services
Web Services
Reliable Messaging
Web Services
Web Services
Atomic Transactions

Web Services
Coordination
Web Services
Standards Security Policy Addressing

Core XML XML XML

XML
Standards Namespaces Infoset Schema

FIGURE 2–5 Reliable Messaging Specifications

In addition to the Core XML specifications and supporting standards (Web Services Security
and Web Services Policy, which are required building blocks), the reliability feature is
implemented using the following specifications:
■ Web Services Reliable Messaging: This specification defines a standardized way to identify,
track, and manage the reliable delivery of messages between exactly two parties, a source
and a destination, so as to recover from failures caused by messages being lost or received
out of order. The specification is also extensible so it allows additional functionality, such as
security, to be tightly integrated. The implementation of this specification integrates with
and complements the Web Services Security, and the Web Services Policy implementations.
■ Web Services Coordination: This specification defines a framework for providing
protocols that coordinate the actions of distributed applications. This framework is used by
Web Services Atomic Transactions. The implementation of this specification enables the
following capabilities:
■ Enables an application service to create the context needed to propagate an activity to
other services and to register for coordination protocols.
■ Enables existing transaction processing, workflow, and other coordination systems to
hide their proprietary protocols and to operate in a heterogeneous environment.
■ Defines the structure of context and the requirements so that context can be propagated
between cooperating services.
■ Web Services Atomic Transactions: This specification defines a standardized way to
support two-phase commit semantics such that either all operations invoked within an
atomic transaction succeed or are all rolled back. Implementations of this specification
require the implementation of the Web Services Coordination specification.

Chapter 2 • Introduction to WSIT 29

WSIT Specifications

Security Specifications
Figure 2–6 shows the specifications implemented to secure communication between two web
service endpoints and across intermediate endpoints.

Web Services Web Services Web Services

Security Security Secure Conversation Trust
Standards Web Services
Security Policy
Supporting Web Services Web Services
Standards Policy Addressing

Core XML XML XML

XML
Standards Namespaces Infoset Schema

FIGURE 2–6 Web Services Security Specifications

In addition to the Core XML specifications, the security feature is implemented using the
following specifications:
■ Web Services Security: This specification defines a standard set of SOAP extensions that
can be used when building secure web services to implement message content integrity and
confidentiality. The implementation provides message content integrity and confidentiality
even when communication traverses intermediate nodes, thus overcoming a short coming
of SSL. The implementation can be used within a wide variety of security models including
PKI, Kerberos, and SSL and provides support for multiple security token formats, multiple
trust domains, multiple signature formats, and multiple encryption technologies.
■ Web Services Policy: This specification provides a flexible and extensible grammar for
expressing the capabilities, requirements, and general characteristics of a web service. It
provides a framework and a model for the expression of these properties as policies and is a
building block for Web Services Security policy.
■ Web Services Trust: This specification supports the following capabilities in a standardized
way:
■ Defines extensions to Web Services Security that provide methods for issuing, renewing,
and validating security tokens used by Web services security.
■ Establishes, assesses the presence of, and brokers trust relationships.
■ Web Services Secure Conversation: This specification defines a standardized way to
provide better message-level security and efficiency in multiple-message exchanges. The
WSIT implementation provides basic mechanisms on top of which secure messaging
semantics can be defined for multiple-message exchanges and allows for contexts to be
established along with more efficient keys or new key material. This approach increases the

30 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 How the WSIT Technologies Work

overall performance and security of the subsequent exchanges. While the Web Services
Security specification, described above, focuses on the message authentication model, it
does leave openings for several forms of attacks. The Secure Conversation authentication
specification defines a standardized way to authenticate a series of messages, thereby
addressing the short comings of Web Services Security. With the Web Services Security
Conversation model, the security context is defined as a new Web Services security token
type that is obtained using a binding of Web Services Trust.
■ Web Services Security Policy: This specification defines a standard set of patterns or sets of
assertions that represent common ways to describe how messages are secured on a
communications path. The WSIT implementation allows flexibility in terms of tokens,
cryptography, and mechanisms used, including leveraging transport security, but is specific
enough to ensure interoperability based on assertion matching by web service clients and
web services providers.

How the WSIT Technologies Work

The following sections provide a high-level description of how the message optimization,
reliable messaging, and security technologies work.

How Message Optimization Works

Message optimization ensures that web services messages are transmitted over the Internet in
the most efficient manner. Because XML is a textual format, binary files must be represented
using character sequences before they can be embedded in an XML document. A popular
encoding that permits this embedding is known as base64 encoding, which corresponds to the
XML Schema data type xsd:base64Binary. In a web services toolkit that supports a binding
framework, a value of this type must be encoded before transmission and decoded before
binding. The encoding and decoding process is expensive and the costs increase linearly as the
size of the binary object increases.

Message optimization enables web service endpoints to identify large binary message payloads,
remove the message payloads from the body of the SOAP message, encode the message
payloads using an efficient encoding mechanism (effectively reducing the size of the payloads),
re-insert the message payloads into the SOAP message as attachments (the file is linked to the
SOAP message body by means of an Include tag). Thus, message optimization is achieved by
encoding binary objects prior to transmission and then de-encoding them when they reach
there final destination.

The optimization process is really quite simple. To effect optimized message transmissions, the
sending endpoint checks the body of the SOAP message for XML encoded binary objects that
exceed a predetermined size and encodes those objects for efficient transmission over the
Internet.

Chapter 2 • Introduction to WSIT 31

How the WSIT Technologies Work

SOAP MTOM, paired with the XML-binary Optimized Packaging (XOP), addresses the
inefficiencies related to the transmission of binary data in SOAP documents. Using MTOM and
XOP, XML messages are dissected in order to transmit binary files as MIME attachments in a
way that is transparent to the application. This transformation is restricted to base64 content in
canonical form as defined in XSD Datatypes as specified in XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes
Second Edition, W3C Recommendation 28 October 2004.

Thus, the WSIT technology achieves message optimization through an implementation of the
MTOM and XOP specifications. With the message optimization feature enabled, small binary
objects are sent in-line in the SOAP body. For large binary objects, this becomes quite
inefficient, so the binary object is separated from the SOAP body, encoded, sent as an
attachment to the SOAP message, and decoded when it reaches its destination endpoint.

How Reliable Messaging Works

When reliable messaging is enabled, messages are grouped into sequences, which are defined by
the client’s proxies. Each proxy corresponds to a message sequence, which consists of all of the
request messages for that proxy. Each message contains a sequence header. The header includes
a sequence identifier that identifies the sequence and a unique message number that indicates
the order of the message in the sequence. The web service endpoint uses the sequence header
information to group the messages and, if the Ordered Delivery option is selected, to process
them in the proper order. Additionally, if secure conversation is enabled, each message
sequence is assigned its own security context token. The security context token is used to sign
the handshake messages that initialize communication between two web service endpoints and
subsequent application messages.

Thus, using the Reliable Messaging technology, web service endpoints collaborate to determine
which messages in a particular application message sequence arrived at the destination
endpoint and which messages require resending. The reliable messaging protocol requires that
the destination endpoint return message-receipt acknowledgements that include the sequence
identifier and the message number of each message received. If the source determines that a
message was not received by the destination, it resends the message and requests an
acknowledgement. Once the source has sent all messages for a given sequence and their receipt
has been acknowledged by the destination, the source terminates the sequence.

The web service destination endpoint in turn sends the application messages along to the
application. If ordered delivery is configured (optional), the destination endpoint reconstructs a
complete stream of messages for each sequence in the exact order in which the messages were
sent and sends them along to the destination application. Thus, through the use of the reliable
messaging protocol, the destination endpoint is able to provide the following delivery
assurances to the web service application:
■ Each message is delivered to the destination application at least once.
■ Each message is delivered to the destination application at most once.

32 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 How the WSIT Technologies Work

■ Sequences of messages are grouped by sequence identifiers and delivered to the destination
application in the order defined by the message numbers.

Figure 2–7 shows a simplified view of client and web service application message exchanges
when the Reliable Messaging protocol is not used.

Web Service Client Web Service Endpoint

JAX-WS Application Messages JAX-WS

Client Server
Runtime Runtime

FIGURE 2–7 Application Message Exchange Without Reliable Messaging

When the Reliable Messaging protocol is not used, application messages flow over the HTTP
connection with no delivery assurances. If messages are lost in transit or delivered out of order,
the communicating endpoints have no way of knowing.

Figure 2–8 shows a simplified view of client and web service application message exchanges
when reliable messaging is enabled.

Web Service Endpoint

Web Service Client
JAX-WS JAX-WS
Client Runtime Server
Runtime
RM Source Create Sequence Handshake
Module

Proxy 1 Application Message

Sequence RM
Destination
Application Message Module
Acknowledgements

Proxy n Terminate
Sequence

FIGURE 2–8 Application Message Exchange with Reliable Messaging Enabled

With reliable messaging enabled, the Reliable Messaging source module is plugged into the
JAX-WS web service client. The source module transmits the application messages and keeps
copies of the messages until their receipt is acknowledged by the destination module through
the exchange of protocol messages. The destination module acknowledges messages and
optionally buffers them for ordered-delivery guarantee. After guaranteeing order, if configured,

Chapter 2 • Introduction to WSIT 33

How the WSIT Technologies Work

the destination module allows the messages to proceed through the JAX-WS dispatch for
delivery to the endpoint or application destination.

How Security Works

The following sections describe how the WSIT security technologies, security policy, trust, and
secure conversation work.

How Security Policy Works

The WSIT Web Service Security Policy implementation builds on the features provided by the
Web Service Policy implementation in WSIT. It enables users to use XML elements to specify
the security requirements of a web service endpoint, that is, how messages are secured on the
communication path between the client and the web service. The web service endpoint specifies
the security requirements to the client as assertions (see Figure 2–9).

Client Accesses Endpoint Web

Client Services
Endpoint
Endpoint supplies
WS-Security Policy
Assertions

FIGURE 2–9 Security Policy Exchange

The security policy model uses the policy specified in the WSDL file for associating policy
assertions with web service communication. As a result, whenever possible, the security policy
assertions do not use parameters or attributes. This enables first-level, QName-based assertion
matching to be done at the framework level without security domain-specific knowledge. The
first-level matching provides a narrowed set of policy alternatives that are shared by the client
and web service endpoint when they attempt to establish a secure communication path.

Note – A QName is a qualified name, as specified by the XML Schema Part2: Datatypes
specification (http://www.w3.org/TR/xmlschema-2/#QName), Namespaces in XML
(http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-xml-names/#ns-qualnames), and Namespaces in XML Errata
(http://www.w3.org/XML/xml-names-19990114-errata). A qualified name is made up of a
namespace URI, a local part, and a prefix.

The benefit of representing security requirements as assertions is that QName matching is

sufficient to find common security alternatives and that many aspects of security can be
factored out and reused. For example, it may be common that the security mechanism is
constant for a web service endpoint, but that the message parts that are protected, or secured,
may vary by message action.

34 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 How the WSIT Technologies Work

The following types of assertions are supported:

■ Protection assertions: Define the scope of security protection. These assertions identify the
message parts that are to be protected and how they are to be protected, that is, whether data
integrity and confidentiality mechanisms are to be used.
■ Conditional assertions: Define general aspects or preconditions of the security. These
assertions define the relationships within and the characteristics of the environment in
which security is being applied, such as the tokens that can be used, which tokens are for
integrity or confidentiality protection, applicable algorithms to use, and so on.
■ Security binding assertions: Define the security mechanism that is used to provide security.
These assertions are a logical grouping that defines how the conditional assertions are used
to protect the indicated message parts. For example, the assertions might specify that an
asymmetric token is to be used with a digital signature to provide integrity protection, and
that parts are to be encrypted with a symmetric key, which is then encrypted using the
public key of the recipient. In their simplest form, the security binding assertions restrict
what can be placed in the wsse:Security header and the associated processing rules.
■ Supporting token assertions: Define the token types and usage patterns that can be used to
secure individual operations and/or parts of messages.
■ Web Services Security and Trust assertions: Define the token referencing and trust options
that can be used.

Chapter 2 • Introduction to WSIT 35

How the WSIT Technologies Work

How Trust Works

Figure 2–10 shows how the Web Services Trust technology establishes trust.

Establish HTTP Connection

1.

RequestSecurityToken
Security
2. Token
RequestSecurityTokenResponse
Service
3.
Client

Client Authenticates to Service Web

4.
Service

FIGURE 2–10 Trust and Secure Conversation

To establish trust between a client, a Security Token Service, and a web service:
1. The client establishes an HTTPS connection with the Secure Token Service using one of the
following methods:
■ Username Authentication and Transport Security: The client authenticates to the
Security Token Service using a username token. The Security Token Service uses a
certificate to authenticate to the Client. Transport security is used for message
protection.
■ Mutual Authentication: Both the client-side and server-side use X509 certificates to
authenticate to each other. The client request is signed using Client’s X509 certificate,
then signed using ephemeral key. The web service signs the response using keys derived
from the client’s key.
2. The client sends a RequestSecurityToken message to the Security Token Service.
3. The Security Token Service sends a Security Assertion Markup Language (SAML) token to
the Client.
4. The client uses the SAML token to authenticate itself to the web service and trust is
established.

All communication uses SOAP messages.

How Secure Conversation Works

Figure 2–11 shows how the Web Services Secure Conversation technology establishes a secure
conversation when the Trust technology is not used.

36 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 How the WSIT Technologies Work

Client Authenticates to the Service

1.
Client Web
Service Authenticates to Client Service
2.

FIGURE 2–11 Secure Conversation

To establish a secure conversation between a Client and a web service:

1. The client sends a X509 Certificate to authenticate itself to the web service.
2. The web service sends a X509 Certificate to authenticate itself to the client.

All communication uses SOAP messages.

Chapter 2 • Introduction to WSIT 37

38
 3
C H A P T E R 3

WSIT Example Using a Web Container and

NetBeans IDE

This chapter describes how to use NetBeans IDE (“the IDE”) and GlassFish to build and deploy
a web service and client that use WSIT. It includes examples of the files that the IDE helps you
create and examples of the build directories and the key files that the IDE produces to create a
web service and a client.

This chapter covers the following topics:

■ “Registering GlassFish with the IDE” on page 39
■ “Creating a Web Service” on page 40
■ “Configuring WSIT Features in the Web Service” on page 42
■ “Deploying and Testing a Web Service” on page 44
■ “Creating a Client to Consume a WSIT-Enabled Web Service” on page 45

Registering GlassFish with the IDE

Before you create the web service, perform the following steps to register GlassFish with the
IDE.

▼ To Register GlassFish with the IDE

1 Start the IDE and choose Tools→Servers from the main menu.
The Servers window appears.

2 Click Add Server.

3 Select GlassFish V2 or Sun Java System Application Server, and click Next.
The platform folder location window displays.

39
Creating a Web Service

4 Specify the platform location of the server instance and the domain to which you want to
register, then click Finish.
The Servers window displays.

5 Type the server username and password that you supplied when you installed the web
container (the defaults are admin and adminadmin), then click Close.

Creating a Web Service

The starting point for developing a web service to use WSIT is a Java class file annotated with
the javax.jws.WebService annotation. The WebService annotation defines the class as a web
service endpoint. The following Java code shows a web service. The IDE will create most of this
Java code for you.

package org.me.calculator;
import javax.jws.WebService;
import javax.jws.WebMethod;
import javax.jws.WebParam;

@WebService()
public class Calculator {
@WebMethod(action="sample_operation")
public String operation(@WebParam(name="param_name")
String param) {
// implement the web service operation here
return param;
}

@WebMethod(action="add")
public int add(@WebParam(name = "i") int i,
@WebParam(name = "j") int j) {
int k = i + j;
return k;
}
}

Notice that this web service performs a very simple operation. It takes two integers, adds them,
and returns the result.

▼ To Create the Web Service

Perform the following steps to use the IDE to create this web service.

40 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Creating a Web Service

1 Click the Services tab in the left pane, expand the Servers node, and verify that GlassFish is listed
in the left pane. If it is not listed, register it by following the steps in “Registering GlassFish with
the IDE”on page 39.

2 Choose File→New Project, select Web from Category, select Web Application from Projects, and
click Next.

3 Assign the project a name that is representative of services that will be provided by the web
service (for example, CalculatorApplication), set the Project Location to the location where
you'd like to create the project, and click Finish.

Note – When you create the web service project, be sure to define a Project Location that does
not include spaces in the directory name. Spaces in the directory might cause the web service
and web service clients to fail to build and deploy properly. To avoid this problem, Sun
recommends that you create a directory, for example C:\work, and put your project there.

4 Right-click the CalculatorApplication node and choose New→Web Service.

5 Type the web service name (CalculatorWS) and the package name (org.me.calculator) in the
Web Service Name and the Package fields respectively.

6 Select Create Web Service from Scratch and click Finish.

The IDE then creates a skeleton CalculatorWS.java file for the web service. This file displays in
Design mode in the right pane.

7 In the Operations box, click Add Operation.

8 In the upper part of the Add Operation dialog box, type add in Name.

9 Type int into the Return Type field.

In the Return Type field, you can either enter a primitive data type or select Browse to select a
complex data type.

10 In the lower part of the Add Operation dialog box, click Add and create a parameter named i of
type int. Click Add again and create a parameter named j of type int.

11 Click OK at the bottom of the Add Operation dialog box.

12 Notice that the add method has been added in the Operations design box.

Chapter 3 • WSIT Example Using a Web Container and NetBeans IDE 41

Configuring WSIT Features in the Web Service

13 Click the Source tab for CalculatorWS.java in the right pane. Notice that the add method has
been added to the source code.
@WebMethod(operationName="add")
public int add(@WebParam(name = "i") int i, @WebParam(name = "j") int j) {
// TODO write your implementation code here
return 0;
}

14 Change the add method to the following (changes are in bold):

@WebMethod(operationName="add")
public int add(@WebParam(name = "i") int i, @WebParam(name = "j") int j) {
int k = i + j;
return k;
}

15 Save the CalculatorWS.java file.

Configuring WSIT Features in the Web Service

Now that you have coded a web service, you can configure the web service to use WSIT
technologies. This section only describes how to configure the WSIT Reliable Messaging
technology. For a discussion of reliable messaging, see Chapter 6, “Using Reliable Messaging.”
To see how to secure the web service, see Chapter 7, “Using WSIT Security.”

▼ To Configure WSIT Features in the Web Service

To configure a web service to use the WSIT Reliable Messaging technology, perform the
following steps:

1 In the Projects window, expand the Web Services node under the CalculatorApplication node,
right-click the CalculatorWSService node, and choose Edit Web Service Attributes, as shown in
Figure 3–1.

42 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Configuring WSIT Features in the Web Service

FIGURE 3–1 Editing Web Service Attributes

2 Select the Reliable Message Delivery check box, as shown in Figure 3–2, and click OK.

FIGURE 3–2 Reliable Messaging Configuration Window

This setting ensures that the service sends an acknowledgement to the clients for each message
that is delivered, thus enabling clients to recognize message delivery failures and to retransmit
the message. This capability makes the web service a “reliable” web service.

Chapter 3 • WSIT Example Using a Web Container and NetBeans IDE 43

Deploying and Testing a Web Service

3 In the left pane, expand the Web Pages node and the WEB-INF node, and double-click the
wsit-endpoint-classname.xml (wsit-org.me.calculator.CalculatorWS.xml) file to view this
file. Click the Source tab.
The following tags enable reliable messaging:
<wsp:Policy wsu:Id="CalculatorWSPortBindingPolicy">
<wsp:ExactlyOne>
<wsp:All>
<wsaw:UsingAddressing xmlns:wsaws="http://www.w3.org/2006/05/addressing/wsdl"/>
<wsrm:RMAssertion/>
</wsp:All>
</wsp:ExactlyOne>
</wsp:Policy>

Deploying and Testing a Web Service

Now that you have configured the web service to use WSIT technologies, you can deploy and
test it.

▼ To Deploy and Test a Web Service

1 Right-click CalculatorApplication, the project node, and select Properties, then select Run.

2 Type /CalculatorWSService?wsdl in the Relative URL field and click OK.

3 Right-click the project node and choose Run. The first time GlassFish is started, you will be
prompted for the admin password.
The IDE starts the web container, builds the application, and displays the WSDL file page in
your browser. You have now successfully deployed a WSIT-enabled web service.
The followingWSIT tags display in the WSDL file:
<wsp:UsingPolicy/>
<wsp:Policy wsu:Id="CalculatorWSPortBindingPolicy">
<wsp:ExactlyOne>
<wsp:All>
<ns1:RMAssertion/>
<ns2:UsingAddressing/>
</wsp:All>
</wsp:ExactlyOne>
</wsp:Policy>

44 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Creating a Client to Consume a WSIT-Enabled Web Service

Creating a Client to Consume a WSIT-Enabled Web Service

Now that you have built and tested a web service that uses WSIT technologies, you can create a
client that accesses and consumes that web service. The client will use the web service’s WSDL
to create the functionality necessary to satisfy the interoperability requirements of the web
service.

▼ To Create a Client to Consume a WSIT-Enabled Web

Service
To create a client to access and consume the web service, perform the following steps.

1 Choose File→New Project, select Web Application from the Web category and click Next.

2 Name the project, for example, CalculatorWSServletClient, and click Finish.

3 Right-click the CalculatorWSServletClient node and select New→Web Service Client.

The New Web Service Client window displays.

Note – NetBeans submenus are dynamic, so the Web Service Client option may not appear. If
you do not see the Web Service Client option, select New→File\Folder→Webservices→Web
Service Client.

4 Select the WSDL URL option.

5 Cut and paste the URL of the web service that you want the client to consume into the WSDL URL
field.
For example, here is the URL for the CalculatorWS web service:
http://localhost:8080/CalculatorApplication/CalculatorWSService?wsdl
When JAX-WS generates the web service, it appends Service to the class name by default.

6 Type org.me.calculator.client in the Package field, and click Finish.

7 Right-click the CalculatorWSServletClient project node and choose New→Servlet.

8 Name the servlet ClientServlet, specify the package name, for example,
org.me.calculator.client and click Finish.

9 To make the servlet the entry point to your application, right-click the
CalculatorWSServletClient project node, choose Properties, click Run, type /ClientServlet in
the Relative URL field, and click OK.

Chapter 3 • WSIT Example Using a Web Container and NetBeans IDE 45

Creating a Client to Consume a WSIT-Enabled Web Service

10 If ClientServlet.java is not already open in the Source Editor, open it.

11 In the Source Editor, remove the line that comments out the body of the processRequest
method.
This is the start-comment line that starts the section that comments out the code:
/* TODO output your page here

12 Delete the end-comment line that ends the section of commented out code:
*/

13 Add some empty lines after the following line:

out.println("<h1>Servlet ClientServlet at " +
request.getContextPath () + "</h1>");

14 Right-click in one of the empty lines that you added, then choose Web Service Client
Resources→Call Web Service Operation.
The Select Operation to Invoke dialog box appears.

15 Browse to the Add operation and click OK.

The processRequest method is as follows, with bold indicating code added by the IDE:
protected void processRequest(HttpServletRequest request,
HttpServletResponse response)
throws ServletException, IOException {
response.setContentType("text/html;charset=UTF-8");
PrintWriter out = response.getWriter();
out.println("<html>");
out.println("<head>");
out.println("<title>Servlet ClientServlet</title>");
out.println("</head>");
out.println("<body>");
out.println("<h1>Servlet ClientServlet at " + request.getContextPath () + "</h1>");
try { // Call Web Service Operation
org.me.calculator.client.CalculatorWS port =
service.getCalculatorWSPort();
// TODO initialize WS operation arguments here
int i = 0;
int j = 0;
// TODO process result here
int result = port.add(i, j);
out.println("Result = " + result);
} catch (Exception ex) {
// TODO handle custom exceptions here
}
out.println("</body>");
out.println("</html>");

46 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Creating a Client to Consume a WSIT-Enabled Web Service

out.close();
}

16 Change the values for int i and int j to other numbers, such as 3 and 4.

17 Add a line that prints out an exception, if an exception is thrown.

The try/catch block is as follows (new and changed lines from this step and the previous step
are highlighted in bold text):
try { // Call Web Service Operation
org.me.calculator.client.CalculatorWS port = service.getCalculatorWSPort();
// TODO initialize WS operation arguments here
int i = 3;
int j = 4;
// TODO process result here
int result = port.add(i, j);
out.println("<p>Result: " + result);
} catch (Exception ex) {
out.println("<p>Exception: " + ex);
}

18 If Reliable Messaging is enabled, the client needs to close the port when done or the server log
will be overwhelmed with messages. To close the port, first add the following line to the import
statements at the top of the file:
import com.sun.xml.ws.Closeable;
Then add the line in bold at the end of the try block, as shown below.

try { // Call Web Service Operation

org.me.calculator.client.CalculatorWS port = service.getCalculatorWSPort();
// TODO initialize WS operation arguments here
int i = 3;
int j = 4;
// TODO process result here
int result = port.add(i, j);
out.println("<p>Result: " + result);
((Closeable)port).close();
} catch (Exception ex) {
out.println("<p>Exception: " + ex);
}

19 Save ClientServlet.java.

20 Right-click the project node and choose Run.

The server starts (if it was not running already), the application is built, deployed, and run. The
browser opens and displays the calculation result.

Chapter 3 • WSIT Example Using a Web Container and NetBeans IDE 47

48
 4
C H A P T E R 4

Bootstrapping and Configuration

This chapter explains how to retrieve information that is used to access and consume a
WSIT-enabled web service and provides pointers to examples that demonstrate how to
bootstrap and configure WSIT-enabled clients from Web Services Description Language
(WSDL) files.

The following topics are covered in this chapter:

■ “What is a Server-Side Endpoint?” on page 49
■ “Creating a Client from WSDL” on page 49
■ “Client From WSDL Examples” on page 50

What is a Server-Side Endpoint?

Web services expose one or more endpoints to which messages can be sent. A web service
endpoint is an entity, processor, or resource that can be referenced and to which web services
messages can be addressed. Endpoint references convey the information needed to address a
web service endpoint. Clients need to know this information before they can access a service.

Typically, web services package endpoint descriptions and use a WSDL file to share these
descriptions with clients. Clients use the web service endpoint description to generate code that
can send SOAP messages to and receive SOAP messages from the web service endpoint.

Creating a Client from WSDL

To create a web service client that can access and consume a web service provider, you must
obtain the information that defines the interoperability requirements of the web service
provider. Providers make this information available by means of WSDL files. WSDL files may
be made available in service registries or published on the Internet using a URL (or both). You
can use a web browser or NetBeans IDE to obtain WSDL files.

49
Client From WSDL Examples

A WSDL file contains descriptions of the following:

■ Network services: The description includes the name of the service, the location of the
service, and ways to communicate with the service, that is, what transport to use.
■ Web services policies: Policies express the capabilities, requirements, and general
characteristics of a web service. Web service providers use policies to specify policy
information in a standardized way. Policies convey conditions on interactions between two
web service endpoints. Typically, the provider of a web service exposes a policy to convey
conditions under which it provides the service. A requester (a client) might use the policy to
decide whether or not to use the service.

Web Services Metadata Exchange (WS-MEX) is the protocol for requesting and transferring the
WSDL from the provider to the client. This protocol is a bootstrap mechanism for
communication. When the type of metadata desired is clearly known (for example, WS-Policy),
a client request may indicate that only that type should be returned.

Client From WSDL Examples

The following sections, found in other chapters of this tutorial, explain how to create a client
from a WSDL file using the example files in the tutorial bundle:
■ “Creating a Client to Consume a WSIT-Enabled Web Service” on page 45 shows how to
create a client from WSDL using a web container and the NetBeans IDE.
■ “Creating a Client from WSDL” on page 163 shows how to create a client from WSDL using
only a web container.

50 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 5
C H A P T E R 5

Message Optimization

This chapter provides instructions on how to configure message optimization in web service
providers and clients.

Note – Because of the special encoding/decoding requirements for message optimization, if a

service uses message optimization, then a client of that service must support message
optimization. Most web services stacks do support message optimization. In the rare case when
you think that a legacy client, which does not support optimization, will access your service, do
not use message optimization. In general, however, it is a safe and good practice to use message
optimization.

This chapter covers the following topics:

■ “Creating a Web Service” on page 51
■ “Configuring Message Optimization in a Web Service” on page 52
■ “Deploying and Testing a Web Service with Message Optimization Enabled” on page 52
■ “Creating a Client to Consume a WSIT-enabled Web Service” on page 53
■ “Message Optimization and Secure Conversation” on page 56

Creating a Web Service

The starting point for developing a web service to use WSIT is a Java class file annotated with
the javax.jws.WebService annotation.

For detailed instructions for how to use NetBeans IDE to create a web service, see “Creating a
Web Service” on page 40.

51
Configuring Message Optimization in a Web Service

Configuring Message Optimization in a Web Service

To use the IDE to configure a web service for message optimization, perform the following
steps.

▼ To Configure Message Optimization in a Web Service

1 In the IDE Projects window, expand the Web Services node, right-click the CalculatorWSService
node, and choose Edit Web Service Attributes.
The Web Service Attributes editor appears.

2 Select the Optimize Transfer of Binary Data (MTOM) check box, as shown in Figure 5–1, and click
OK.
This setting configures the web service to optimize messages that it transmits and to decode
optimized messages that it receives.

FIGURE 5–1 Enabling MTOM

Deploying and Testing a Web Service with Message

Optimization Enabled
Now that you have configured the web service to use message optimization, you can deploy and
test it.

52 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Creating a Client to Consume a WSIT-enabled Web Service

▼ To Deploy and Test a Web Service with Message

Optimization Enabled
To deploy and test the web service, perform the following steps.

1 Right-click the project node and select Properties, then select Run.

2 Type /CalculatorWSService?wsdl in the Relative URL field and click OK.

3 Right-click the project node and choose Run.

The IDE starts the web container, builds the application, and displays the WSDL file page in
your browser.
The followingWSIT tags related to message optimization display in the WSDL file:
<wsp:UsingPolicy/>
<wsp:Policy wsu:Id="CalculatorWSPortBindingPolicy">
<wsp:ExactlyOne>
<wsp:All>
<ns1:OptimizedMimeSerialization/>
</wsp:All>
</wsp:ExactlyOne>
</wsp:Policy>

Creating a Client to Consume a WSIT-enabled Web Service

Now that you have built and tested a web service that uses the WSIT Message Optimization
technology, you can create a client that accesses and consumes that web service. The client will
use the web service’s WSDL to create the functionality necessary to satisfy the interoperability
requirements of the web service.

▼ To Create a Client to Consume a WSIT-enabled Web

Service
To create a client to access and consume the web service, perform the following steps.

1 Choose File→New Project, select Web Application from the Web category and click Next.

2 Name the project, for example, CalculatorWSServletClient, and click Finish.

3 Right-click the CalculatorWSServletClient node and select New→Web Service Client.

The New Web Service Client window displays.

Chapter 5 • Message Optimization 53

Creating a Client to Consume a WSIT-enabled Web Service

Note – NetBeans submenus are dynamic, so the Web Service Client option may not appear. If
you do not see the Web Service Client option, select New→File\Folder→Webservices→Web
Service Client.

4 Select the WSDL URL option.

5 Cut and paste the URL of the web service that you want the client to consume into the WSDL URL
field.
For example, here is the URL for the CalculatorWS web service:
http://localhost:8080/CalculatorApplication/CalculatorWSService?wsdl

When JAX-WS generates the web service, it appends Service to the class name by default.

6 Type org.me.calculator.client in the Package field, and click Finish.

7 Right-click the CalculatorWSServletClient project node and choose New→Servlet.

8 Name the servlet ClientServlet, specify the package name, for example,
org.me.calculator.client and click Finish.

9 To make the servlet the entry point to your application, right-click the
CalculatorWSServletClient project node, choose Properties, click Run, type /ClientServlet in
the Relative URL field, and click OK.

10 If ClientServlet.java is not already open in the Source Editor, open it.

11 In the Source Editor, remove the line that comments out the body of the processRequest
method.
This is the start-comment line that starts the section that comments out the code:
/* TODO output your page here

12 Delete the end-comment line that ends the section of commented out code:
*/

13 Add some empty lines after the following line:

out.println("<h1>Servlet ClientServlet at " +
request.getContextPath () + "</h1>");

14 Right-click in one of the empty lines that you added, then choose Web Service Client
Resources→Call Web Service Operation.
The Select Operation to Invoke dialog box appears.

54 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Creating a Client to Consume a WSIT-enabled Web Service

15 Browse to the Add operation and click OK.

The processRequest method is as follows, with bold indicating code added by the IDE:
protected void processRequest(HttpServletRequest request,
HttpServletResponse response)
throws ServletException, IOException {
response.setContentType("text/html;charset=UTF-8");
PrintWriter out = response.getWriter();
out.println("<html>");
out.println("<head>");
out.println("<title>Servlet ClientServlet</title>");
out.println("</head>");
out.println("<body>");
out.println("<h1>Servlet ClientServlet at " + request.getContextPath () + "</h1>");
try { // Call Web Service Operation
org.me.calculator.client.CalculatorWS port =
service.getCalculatorWSPort();
// TODO initialize WS operation arguments here
int i = 0;
int j = 0;
// TODO process result here
int result = port.add(i, j);
out.println("Result = " + result);
} catch (Exception ex) {
// TODO handle custom exceptions here
}
out.println("</body>");
out.println("</html>");
out.close();
}

16 Change the values for int i and int j to other numbers, such as 3 and 4.

17 Add a line that prints out an exception, if an exception is thrown.

The try/catch block is as follows (new and changed lines from this step and the previous step
are highlighted in bold text):
try { // Call Web Service Operation
org.me.calculator.client.CalculatorWS port = service.getCalculatorWSPort();
// TODO initialize WS operation arguments here
int i = 3;
int j = 4;
// TODO process result here
int result = port.add(i, j);
out.println("<p>Result: " + result);
} catch (Exception ex) {
out.println("<p>Exception: " + ex);
}

Chapter 5 • Message Optimization 55

Message Optimization and Secure Conversation

18 Save ClientServlet.java.

19 Right-click the project node and choose Run.

The server starts (if it was not running already), the application is built, deployed, and run. The
browser opens and displays the calculation result.

Message Optimization and Secure Conversation

The Web Services Secure Conversation technology has message optimization benefits. While
providing better message-level security it also improves the efficiency of multiple-message
exchanges. It accomplishes this by providing basic mechanisms on top of which secure
messaging semantics can be defined for multiple-message exchanges. This feature allows for
contexts to be established so that potentially more efficient keys or new key material can be
exchanged. The result is that the overall performance of subsequent message exchanges is
improved.

For more information on how to use Secure Conversation, see Chapter 7, “Using WSIT
Security.”

56 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 6
C H A P T E R 6

Using Reliable Messaging

This chapter explains how to configure reliable messaging in web service providers and clients.

This chapter covers the following topics:

■ “Reliable Messaging Options” on page 57
■ “Creating Web Service Providers and Clients that use Reliable Messaging” on page 58
■ “Using Secure Conversation With Reliable Messaging” on page 59
■ “Using WS-ReliableMessaging v1.1” on page 59

Reliable Messaging Options

Table 6–1 describes the reliable messaging configuration options.

TABLE 6–1 Endpoint Reliable Messaging Configuration Options

Option Description

Reliable Messaging Specifies whether reliable messaging is enabled.

Ordered Delivery Specifies whether the Reliable Messaging protocol ensures that the application
messages for a given message sequence are delivered to the endpoint application
in the order indicated by the message numbers.
This option increases the time to process application message sequences and may
result in the degradation of web service performance. Therefore, you should not
enable this option unless ordered delivery is required by the web service.

57
Creating Web Service Providers and Clients that use Reliable Messaging

TABLE 6–1 Endpoint Reliable Messaging Configuration Options (Continued)

Option Description

Flow Control Specifies whether the Flow Control feature is enabled. When enabled, this option
works in conjunction with the Max Buffer Size setting to determine the maximum
number of messages for sequence that can be stored at the endpoint awaiting
delivery to the application. Messages may have to be withheld from the
application if ordered delivery is required and some of their predecessors have
not arrived. If the number of stored messages reaches the threshold specified in
the Max Buffer Size setting, incoming messages belonging to the sequence are
ignored.

Max Buffer Size If Flow control is enabled, specifies the number of messages that will be buffered
for a message sequence. The default setting is 32. For more information, see the
description of the Flow Control option.

Inactivity Timeout Specifies the time interval beyond which either source or destination may
terminate any message sequence due to inactivity. The default setting is 600,000
milliseconds (10 minutes). A web service endpoint will always terminate a
sequence whose inactivity timeout has expired. To keep the sequence active, an
inactive client will always send a stand- alone message with an AckRequested
header to act as a heartbeat as the end of the Inactivity timeout interval
approaches.

Creating Web Service Providers and Clients that use Reliable

Messaging
Examples and detailed instructions on how to create web service providers and clients that use
reliable messaging are provided in the following chapters:
■ For an example of creating a web service and a client using a web container and NetBeans
IDE, see Chapter 3, “WSIT Example Using a Web Container and NetBeans IDE.”
■ For an example of creating a web service and a client using only a web container, see
Chapter 9, “WSIT Example Using a Web Container Without NetBeans IDE.”

58 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Using WS-ReliableMessaging v1.1

Using Secure Conversation With Reliable Messaging

If Secure Conversation is enabled for the web service endpoint, the web service acquires a
Security Context Token (SCT) for each application message sequence, that is, each message
sequence is assigned a different SCT. The web service then uses that token to sign all messages
exchanged for that message sequence between the source and destination for the life of the
sequence. Hence, there are two benefits in using Secure Conversation with Reliable Messaging:
■ The sequence messages are secure while in transit between the source and destination
endpoints.
■ If there are different users accessing data at the source and destination endpoints, the SCT
prevents users from seeing someone else’s data.

Note – Secure Conversation is a WS-Security option, not a reliable messaging option. If

Secure Conversation is enabled on the web service endpoint, Reliable Messaging uses
Security Context Tokens.

For more information on how to use Secure Conversation, see Chapter 7, “Using WSIT
Security.”

Using WS-ReliableMessaging v1.1

WS-RM v1.1 is the newest version of the WS-RM specification. The changes from the previous
version of the WS-RM specification include the following:
■ CreateSequence handshake
■ Expires element (sender can request /receiver decides value must be <= requested
value)
■ IncompleteSequenceBehavior (receiver describes its behavior - Optional)
■ UsesSequenceSTR /UsesSequenceSSL mustUnderstand headers
■ TerminateSequence handshake
■ CloseSequence/CloseSequenceResponse
■ TerminateSequence/TerminateSequenceResponse
■ Bandwidth for CloseSequence/TerminateSequence on offered sequences
■ Sequence
■ mustUnderstand="1"
■ SequenceAcknowledgement
■ None element
■ Final element

Chapter 6 • Using Reliable Messaging 59

Using WS-ReliableMessaging v1.1

■ AckRequested
■ no Last element

The following table lists the standard set of configurable features for Reliable Messaging Policy
v1.0 and v1.1.

TABLE 6–2 Standard Set of Configurable Features

Feature WS-RM Policy v1.0 WS-RM Policy v1.1

Enable WS-RM v1.0 Yes No

Inactivity timeout Yes No

Retransmission interval Yes No

Retransmission interval adjustment algorithm Yes No

Acknowledgement interval Yes No

Enable WS-RM v1.1 No Yes

Bound RM sequence to security token No Yes

Bound RM sequence to secured transport No Yes

"Exactly once" delivery No Yes

"At Least once" delivery No Yes

"At Most once" delivery No Yes

Ordered delivery No Yes

Enabling WS-ReliableMessaging v1.1 in Metro v1.1

Reliable Messaging v1.0 is supported in Metro and can be configured using NetBeans IDE.
Reliable Messaging v1.1 is supported, starting with the Metro v1.1 runtime, however, the
configuration and tooling support is not ready yet as there are significant differences between
the WS-RM versions. Until the tooling support is ready, a workaround solution is available for
those users who want to enable WS-RM v1.1 in their web service applications.

▼ Enabling WS-RM v1.1 using NetBeans IDE

1 Create a web service that uses reliable messaging following the steps in Chapter 3,“WSIT
Example Using a Web Container and NetBeans IDE.”

60 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Using WS-ReliableMessaging v1.1

2 Open the WSIT Configuration file that is used when the web service is deployed by expanding
the Web Pages→WEB-INF elements of the application in the tree, and then double-clicking the
wsit-package.service.xml file to open it in the editor.

3 Replace all occurrences of the WS-RM Policy v1.0 namespace

(http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/ws/2005/02/rm/policy) with the one representing WS-RM
Policy v1.1, which is http://docs.oasis-open.org/ws-rx/wsrmp/200702.

4 Save all files, right-click the project, select Run.

The deployed service is now WS-RM v1.1 enabled.

Note – Because of the missing tooling for specifying v1.1 of Reliable Messaging, do not configure
any Reliable Messaging details using NetBeans IDE.

5 Create a client following the instructions in Chapter 3,“WSIT Example Using a Web Container
and NetBeans IDE.”

Note – Because you are creating your web service client starting from a WSDL file, and because
the WSDL file already contains the WS-RM Policy v1.1 assertion(s), no further configuration is
required.

Because of the missing tooling for specifying v1.1 of Reliable Messaging, do not configure any
Reliable Messaging details using NetBeans IDE.

6 Right-click the client application and select Run.

See Also An experimental version of the NetBeans plugin, that provides support for WS-RM v1.1. can be
downloaded from
http://websvc.netbeans.org/servlets/ProjectDocumentList?folderID=218.

Chapter 6 • Using Reliable Messaging 61

62
 7
C H A P T E R

Using WSIT Security

7

This chapter describes how to use NetBeans Integrated Development Environment (“the IDE”)
to configure security for web services and web service clients using WSIT.

This release of WSIT makes securing web services even easier by including a set of
preconfigured security mechanisms that can be applied to a web service or a web service
operation simply by selecting it from a list. You can use advanced configuration options to
customize the security mechanism to the needs of your application.

This chapter covers the following topics:

■ “Configuring Security Using NetBeans IDE” on page 63
■ “Summary of Configuration Requirements” on page 69
■ “Security Mechanisms” on page 76
■ “Configuring SSL and Authorized Users” on page 83
■ “Configuring Keystores and Truststores” on page 88
■ “Securing Operations and Messages” on page 99
■ “Configuring A Secure Token Service (STS)” on page 104
■ “Example Applications” on page 112
■ “Further Information” on page 135

Configuring Security Using NetBeans IDE

This section describes the following tasks:
■ “To Secure the Service” on page 64
■ “To Secure the Client” on page 67

63
Configuring Security Using NetBeans IDE

▼ To Secure the Service

To use the IDE to configure security for a web service and/or a web service operation, perform
the following steps.

1 Create or open your web service.

If you need an example of how to create a web service, refer to Chapter 3, “WSIT Example Using
a Web Container and NetBeans IDE.”

Note – When creating an application using the wizards in NetBeans IDE and running on
GlassFish, the Java EE Version defaults to Java EE 5. This results in an application compliant
with JSR-109, Implementing Enterprise Web Services, which can be read at
http://jcp.org/en/jsr/detail?id=109. If you select a value other than the default, for
example, J2EE 1.4, the application that is created is not JSR-109 compliant, which means that
the application is not JAX-WS, but is JAX-RPC.

2 In the Projects window, expand the Web Services node.

3 Right-click the node for the web service you want to secure.

4 Select Edit Web Service Attributes.

When the Web Service Attributes Editor is opened, the Quality of Service options appear (see
Figure 7–1).

64 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Configuring Security Using NetBeans IDE

FIGURE 7–1 Web Service Attributes Editor Page

5 Select Secure Service.

This option enables WSIT security for all of the operations of a web service.
For information on how to secure selected operations, refer to “Securing Operations and
Messages” on page 99.

6 Choose a Security Mechanism from the list.

Most of the mechanisms are fully functional without further configuration, however, if you’d
like to customize the mechanism, click Configure to specify the configuration for that
mechanism.

Chapter 7 • Using WSIT Security 65

Configuring Security Using NetBeans IDE

Options in the Configure dialog are discussed in “Security Mechanism Configuration Options”
on page 145.

7 Select Use Development Defaults.

Select this option to import certificates into the GlassFish keystore and truststore so that they
can be used immediately for development. The WSIT message security mechanisms require the
use of v3 certificates. The default GlassFish keystore and truststore do not contain v3 certificates
at this time. In order to use message security mechanisms with GlassFish, it is necessary to
obtain keystore and truststore files that contain v3 certificates and import the appropriate
certificates into the default GlassFish stores.
In addition to importing certificates, when this option is selected a default user is created in the
file realm with username wsitUser.
In a production environment, you should provide your own certificates and user settings,
however, in a development environment you may find these defaults useful.

8 Specify Keystore, Truststore, STS, SSL, and/or user information as required for the selected
security mechanism.
Refer to the entry for the selected security mechanism in Table 7–1. This table summarizes the
information that needs to be set up for each of the security mechanisms.

9 Click OK to save your changes.

10 Run the web application by right-clicking the project node and selecting Run.

11 Verify the URL of the WSDL file before proceeding with the creation of the web service client.
The client will be created from this WSDL file, and will get the service’s security policies through
the web service reference URL when the client is built or refreshed.

Next Steps The WSIT Configuration file that is used when the web service is deployed can be viewed by
expanding the Web Pages→WEB-INF elements of the application in the tree, and then
double-clicking the wsit-package.service.xml file to open it in the editor. The full contents of
an example service-side WSIT configuration file can be viewed at “Service-Side WSIT
Configuration Files” on page 139.

Steps for configuring an example application are provided for several of the mechanisms. See
the following sections for a complete example of how to configure a web service and a web
service client to use these security mechanisms:
■ “Example: Username Authentication with Symmetric Key (UA)” on page 112
■ “Example: Mutual Certificates Security (MCS)” on page 114
■ “Example: Transport Security (SSL)” on page 116
■ “Example: SAML Authorization over SSL (SA)” on page 119
■ “Example: SAML Sender Vouches with Certificates (SV)” on page 123

66 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Configuring Security Using NetBeans IDE

■ “Example: STS Issued Token (STS)” on page 126

▼ To Secure the Client

All of the steps in “To Secure the Service” on page 64 need to be completed before you create
your web service client. The service’s security policies are defined in its WSDL. You specify this
WSDL file when you create the client application so that the client is configured to work with
the service’s security mechanism through the web service reference URL when the client is built
or refreshed.

To use the IDE to configure security for a web service client, perform the following steps.

1 Create a client for your web service.

If you need an example of how to do this, see “Creating a Client to Consume a WSIT-Enabled
Web Service” on page 45.
If you are creating a client for a mechanism that will use SSL, specify the secure port for running
the client when completing the New Web Service Client step. To do this, type https://
fully_qualified_hostname:8181/rest_of_url in the WSDL URL field of the New Web Service
Client wizard. For the example, this is the way to specify the secure URL for
CalculatorWSService web service:
https://fully_qualified_hostname:8181/CalculatorApplication/CalculatorWSService?wsdl

Note – If you prefer to use localhost in place of the fully-qualified hostname when specifying
the URL for the service WSDL, you must follow the workaround described in “Transport
Security (SSL) Workaround” on page 78.

2 In the Projects window, expand the client node.

3 Expand the Web Service References node.

4 Right-click the node for the web service reference you want to secure.

5 Select Edit Web Service Attributes.

When the Web Service References Attributes Editor is opened, select the Quality of Service tab
to display the security options (see Figure 7–2).

Chapter 7 • Using WSIT Security 67

Configuring Security Using NetBeans IDE

FIGURE 7–2 Web Service References Attributes Editor Page for Web Service Clients

6 Select Use Development Defaults.

Refer to Table 7–2 for a summary of what options are required on the client side. The
configuration requirements for the client are dependent upon which security mechanism is
specified on the server side.

7 Click OK to save your changes.

The security configuration information is saved in two files under Source
Packages→META-INF.

Next Steps To view the WSIT configuration files, in the tree, drill down from the project to Source
Packages→META-INF. Double-click on serviceService.xml or wsit-client.xml to view the
contents. The full contents of example client WSIT configuration files can be viewed at
“Client-Side WSIT Configuration Files” on page 142.

If you would like to enable message logging for this application to help with development and
debugging, you will need to edit some system properties. A blog describing these properties is

68 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Summary of Configuration Requirements

available at
http://weblogs.java.net/blog/arungupta/archive/2006/12/message_logging_1.html.

Summary of Configuration Requirements

The following sections summarize the options that need to be configured for each of the
security mechanisms on both the service and client side. The configuration requirements for
the client are dependent upon which security mechanism is specified on the server side.

This section covers the following topics:

■ “Summary of Service-Side Configuration Requirements” on page 69
■ “Summary of Client-Side Configuration Requirements” on page 70

Summary of Service-Side Configuration Requirements

Table 7–1 summarizes the options that need to be configured for each security mechanism.
Each of the columns is briefly discussed after the table.

TABLE 7–1 Summary of Service-Side Configuration Requirements

Mechanism Keystore Truststore STS SSL User in GlassFish

Username X X
Authentication with
Symmetric Key

Mutual Certificates X X (no alias)

Transport Security X X

Message Authentication X X
over SSL - Username
Token

Message Authentication X (no alias) X

over SSL - X.509 Token

SAML Authorization X
over SSL

Endorsing Certificate X X

SAML Sender Vouches X X (no alias)

with Certificate

SAML Holder of Key X X (no alias)

Chapter 7 • Using WSIT Security 69

Summary of Configuration Requirements

TABLE 7–1 Summary of Service-Side Configuration Requirements (Continued)

Mechanism Keystore Truststore STS SSL User in GlassFish

STS Issued Token X X X

STS Issued Token with X X X

Service Cert.

STS Issued Endorsing X X X

Token

■ Keystore: If this column has an X, select Use Development Defaults, or click the Keystore
button and configure the keystore to specify the alias identifying the service certificate and
private key. For the GlassFish keystores, the file is keystore.jks and the alias is
xws-security-server, assuming that you've updated the GlassFish default certificate
stores.
■ Truststore: If this column has an X, select Use Development Defaults, or click the
Truststore button and configure the truststore to specify the alias that contains the
certificate and trusted roots of the client. For the GlassFish keystores, the file is cacerts.
jks and the alias is xws-security-client, assuming that you've updated the GlassFish
default certificate stores.
■ STS: If this column has an X, you must have a Security Token Service that can be referenced
by the service. An example of an STS can be found in the section “To Create and Secure the
STS (STS)” on page 126. The STS is secured using a separate (non-STS) security mechanism.
The security configuration for the client-side of this application is dependent upon the
security mechanism selected for the STS, and not on the security mechanism selected for the
application.
■ SSL: To use a mechanism that uses secure transport (SSL), you must configure the system to
point to the client and server keystore and truststore files. Steps for doing this are described
in “Configuring SSL For Your Applications” on page 83.
■ User in Glassfish: To use a mechanism that requires a user database for authentication, you
can add a user to the file realm of GlassFish. Select Use Development Defaults, or follow the
instructions for doing this at “Adding Users to GlassFish” on page 86.

Summary of Client-Side Configuration Requirements

Table 7–2 summarizes the options that need to be configured for each of the security
mechanisms on the client-side. Each of the columns is briefly discussed after the table.

70 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Summary of Configuration Requirements

TABLE 7–2 Summary of Client-Side Configuration Requirements

SAML
Callback User in
Mechanism Keystore Truststore Default User Handler STS SSL GlassFish

Username X X X
Authentication with
Symmetric Key

Mutual Certificates X X

Transport Security X X

Message X X X
Authentication over
SSL - Username
Token

Message X X
Authentication over
SSL - X.509 Token

SAML Authorization X X X X
over SSL

Endorsing Certificate X X

SAML Sender X X X
Vouches with
Certificate

SAML Holder of Key X X X

STS Issued Token X X X

STS Issued Token X X X

with Service
Certificate

STS Issued Endorsing X X X

Token

■ Keystore: If this column has an X, select Use Development Defaults, or click Keystore to
configure the keystore to point to the alias for the client certificate. For the GlassFish
keystores, the keystore file is keystore.jks and the alias is xws-security-client,
assuming that you've updated the GlassFish default certificate stores.
■ Truststore: If this column has an X, select Use Development Defaults, or click Truststore to
configure the truststore that contains the certificate and trusted roots of the server. For the
GlassFish keystores, the file is cacerts.jks and the alias is xws-security-server,
assuming that you’ve updated the GlassFish default certificate stores as described in “To
Manually Update GlassFish Certificates” on page 89.

Chapter 7 • Using WSIT Security 71

Summary of Configuration Requirements

When using an STS mechanism, the client specifies the truststore and certificate alias for the
STS, not the service. For the GlassFish stores, the file is cacerts.jks and the alias is wssip.
■ Default User: When this column has an X, you must configure either a default username
and password, a UsernameCallbackHandler, or leave these options blank and specify a user
at runtime. More information on these options can be found at “Configuring Username
Authentication on the Client” on page 72.
■ SAML Callback Handler: When this column has an X, you must specify a SAML Callback
Handler. Examples of SAML Callback Handlers are described in “Example SAML Callback
Handlers” on page 74.
■ STS: If this column has an X, you must have a Security Token Service that can be referenced
by the service. An example of an STS can be found in the section “To Create and Secure the
STS (STS)” on page 126. The STS is secured using a separate (non-STS) security mechanism.
The security configuration for the client-side of this application is dependent upon the
security mechanism selected for the STS, and not on the security mechanism selected for the
application.
■ SSL: To use a mechanism that uses secure transport (SSL), you must configure the system to
point to the client and server keystore and truststore files. Steps for doing this are described
in “Configuring SSL For Your Applications” on page 83.
■ User in Glassfish: To use a mechanism that requires a user database for authentication,
select Use Development Defaults, or add a user to the file realm of GlassFish. Instructions
for doing this can be found at “Adding Users to GlassFish” on page 86.

Configuring Username Authentication on the Client

On the client side, a user name and password must be configured for some of the security
mechanisms. For this purpose, you can use the default Username and Password Callback
Handlers (when deploying to GlassFish), specify a SAML Callback Handler, specify a default
user name and password for development purposes, create and specify your own Callback
Handlers if the container you are using does not provide defaults, or specify the username and
password dynamically at runtime. When using any of these options, you must create an
authorized user on GlassFish using the Admin Console, as described in “Adding Users to
GlassFish” on page 86.

▼ To Configure Username Authentication on the Client

Once you’ve created an authorized user and determined how your application needs to specify
the user, configure the Username Authentication options as follows.

1 In the Projects window, expand the node for the web service client.

2 Expand the Web Service References node.

72 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Summary of Configuration Requirements

3 Right-click the node for the web service reference for which you want to configure security
options.

4 Select Edit Web Service Attributes.

5 Select the Quality of Service tab to display the WSIT Security options.

6 Expand the Security section to specify the user name and password information as required by
the service. The dialog appears as shown in Figure 7–3.

FIGURE 7–3 Quality of Service - Client - Security

7 The following options are available.

Note – Currently the GlassFish CallbackHandler cannot handle the following: SAML Callbacks
and Require ThumbPrint Reference assertions under an X.509 Token. This may be addressed in
a future milestone.
■ Use Development Defaults:

Chapter 7 • Using WSIT Security 73

Summary of Configuration Requirements

Select this option to import certificates into the GlassFish keystore and truststore so that
they can be used immediately for development. The WSIT message security mechanisms
require the use of v3 certificates. The default GlassFish keystore and truststore do not
contain v3 certificates at this time. In order to use message security mechanisms with
GlassFish, it is necessary to obtain keystore and truststore files that contain v3 certificates
and import the appropriate certificates into the default GlassFish stores.
In addition to importing certificates, when this option is selected a default user is created in
the file realm with username wsitUser.
In a production environment, you should provide your own certificates and user settings,
however, in a development environment you may find these defaults useful.
■ Authentication Credentials: Select Static or Dynamic. Select Static to supply a static
username and password, or select Dynamic and specify the Username and Password
CallbackHandlers. Select Static if you want to fill in the exact user credentials that the client
is providing, and which cannot be changed after deployment. Static is useful to developing
and testing applications prior to deployment. Select Dynamic to use CallbackHandlers to
provide a dynamic way to provide credentials. Dynamic is useful if the credentials need to be
obtained from some third party, for example, or if the developer doesn't want to store the
user name and password in a configuration file because it might introduce a security risk.
■ Default Username, Default Password: These options are available when Static is selected as
the Authentication Credential. Type the name of an authorized user and the password for
this user. This option is best used only in the development environment. When the Default
Username and Default Password are specified, the username and password are stored in the
wsit-client.xml file in clear text, which presents a security risk. Do not use this option for
production.
■ Default Username Callback Handler, Default Password Callback Handler: These options
are available when the Authentication Credential is Dynamic. If you create
JSR-109–compliant web services and web service clients that run under an Application
Server container (JSR-109 deployment), the container handles the callbacks and you do not
need to configure Callback Handlers of your own. If you are using another container, select
the Browse button to select the class implementing the
javax.security.auth.callback.CallbackHandler interface.
■ SAML Callback Handler: To use a SAML Callback Handler, you need to create one, as there
is no default. References to example SAML Callback Handlers are provided in “Example
SAML Callback Handlers” on page 74. An example that uses a SAML Callback Handler can
be found in “Example: SAML Authorization over SSL (SA)” on page 119.

Example SAML Callback Handlers

Creating a SAML Callback Handler is beyond the scope of this document. However, the
following web pages may be helpful for this purpose:
■ A client-side configuration, which includes a SAML Callback Handler, can be viewed at the
following URL:

74 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Summary of Configuration Requirements

https://wsit.dev.java.net/
source/browse/*checkout*/wsit/wsit/test/e2e/testcases/xwss/s11/resources/wsit-client.xml
■ An example of a SAML Callback Handler can be viewed and/or downloaded from the
following URL:
https://xwss.dev.java.net/
servlets/ProjectDocumentList?folderID=6645[amp ]expandFolder=6645[amp
]folderID=6645
■ An example application in this tutorial that uses a SAML Callback Handler can be found in
“Example: SAML Authorization over SSL (SA)” on page 119.

When writing SAML Callback Handlers for different security mechanisms, set the subject
confirmation method to SV (Sender Vouches) or HOK (Holder of Key) and the appropriate
SAML Assertion version depending on the SAML version and SAML Token Profile selected
when setting the security mechanism for the service. When the subject confirmation method is
HOK, a keystore and truststore file must be configured in the SAMLCallbackHandler. When
the method is SV, you can either comment out the keystore and truststore information, or leave
it, as it will not be used.

For example, the following code snippet for one of the SAMLCallbackHandlers listed above
demonstrates how to set the subject confirmation method and sets the SAMLAssertion version
to 1.0, profile 1.0.

if (callbacks[i] instanceof SAMLCallback) {

try {

SAMLCallback samlCallback = (SAMLCallback)callbacks[i];

/*
Set confirmation Method to SV [SenderVouches] or HOK[Holder of Key]
*/
samlCallback.setConfirmationMethod
(samlCallback.SV_ASSERTION_TYPE);

if (samlCallback.getConfirmationMethod().equals(
samlCallback.SV_ASSERTION_TYPE)) {
samlCallback.setAssertionElement
(createSVSAMLAssertion());

svAssertion_saml10 =
samlCallback.getAssertionElement();
/*
samlCallback.setAssertionElement
(createSVSAMLAssertion20());
svAssertion_saml20 =
samlCallback.getAssertionElement();
*/

Chapter 7 • Using WSIT Security 75

Security Mechanisms

} else if (samlCallback.getConfirmationMethod().equals(
samlCallback.HOK_ASSERTION_TYPE)) {
samlCallback.setAssertionElement
(createHOKSAMLAssertion());
hokAssertion_saml10 =
samlCallback.getAssertionElement();
/*
samlCallback.setAssertionElement
(createHOKSAMLAssertion20());
hokAssertion_saml20 =
samlCallback.getAssertionElement();
*/
}
} catch (Exception e) {
e.printStackTrace();
}
} else {
throw unsupportedCallback;
}

Security Mechanisms
This section describes security mechanisms you can implement with WSIT. This section
provides an overview of the following mechanisms:
■ “Username Authentication with Symmetric Key” on page 77
■ “Mutual Certificates Security” on page 77
■ “Transport Security (SSL)” on page 77
■ “Message Authentication over SSL” on page 79
■ “SAML Authorization over SSL” on page 79
■ “Endorsing Certificate” on page 79
■ “SAML Sender Vouches with Certificates” on page 80
■ “SAML Holder of Key” on page 80
■ “STS Issued Token” on page 81
■ “STS Issued Token with Service Certificate” on page 81
■ “STS Issued Endorsing Token” on page 82

A table that summarizes the configuration options on the server side is available in “Summary
of Service-Side Configuration Requirements” on page 69.

Some common communication issues that need to be addressed using security mechanisms are
discussed in “Using Security Mechanisms” on page 137.

76 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Security Mechanisms

Username Authentication with Symmetric Key

The Username Authentication with Symmetric Key mechanism protects your application for
integrity and confidentiality. Symmetric key cryptography relies on a single, shared secret key
that is used to both sign and encrypt a message. Symmetric keys are usually faster than public
key cryptography.
For this mechanism, the client does not possess any certificate/key of his own, but instead sends
its username/password for authentication. The client shares a secret key with the server. The
shared, symmetric key is generated at runtime and encrypted using the service’s certificate. The
client must specify the alias in the truststore by identifying the server’s certificate alias.
See Also: “Example: Username Authentication with Symmetric Key (UA)” on page 112.

Mutual Certificates Security

The Mutual Certificates Security mechanism adds security through authentication and message
protection that ensures integrity and confidentiality. When using mutual certificates, a keystore
and truststore file must be configured for both the client and server sides of the application.
See Also: “Example: Mutual Certificates Security (MCS)” on page 114.

Transport Security (SSL)

The Transport Security mechanism protects your application during transport using SSL for
authentication and confidentiality. Transport-layer security is provided by the transport
mechanisms used to transmit information over the wire between clients and providers, thus
transport-layer security relies on secure HTTP transport (HTTPS) using Secure Sockets Layer
(SSL). Transport security is a point-to-point security mechanism that can be used for
authentication, message integrity, and confidentiality. When running over an SSL-protected
session, the server and client can authenticate one another and negotiate an encryption
algorithm and cryptographic keys before the application protocol transmits or receives its first
byte of data. Security is “live” from the time it leaves the consumer until it arrives at the
provider, or vice versa. The problem is that it is not protected once it gets to its destination. For
protection of data after it reaches its destination, use one of the security mechanisms that uses
SSL and also secures data at the message level.
Digital certificates are necessary when running secure HTTP transport (HTTPS) using Secure
Sockets Layer (SSL). The HTTPS service of most web servers will not run unless a digital
certificate has been installed. Digital certificates have already been created for GlassFish, and the
default certificates are sufficient for running this mechanism, and are required when using
Atomic Transactions (see Chapter 12, “Using Atomic Transactions,”). However, the message
security mechanisms require a newer version of certificates than is available with GlassFish.
You can download valid keystore and truststore files for the client and server as described in
“To Manually Update GlassFish Certificates” on page 89.

Chapter 7 • Using WSIT Security 77

Security Mechanisms

To use this mechanism, follow the steps in “Configuring SSL For Your Applications” on
page 83.

See Also: “Example: Transport Security (SSL)” on page 116.

Transport Security (SSL) Workaround

This note applies to cases where https is the transport protocol used between a WSIT client and
a secure web service using transport binding, and you are referencing localhost when creating
the client.

Note – If you use the fully-qualified hostname (FQHN) in the URL for the service WSDL when
you are adding the web service client to the client application, this workaround is not required.
It is only required when you specify localhost in the URL for the service WSDL.

During development (not production) it is sometimes convenient to use certificates whose CN

(Common Name) does not match the host name in the URL.

A developer would want to use a CN which is different from the host name in the URL in WSIT
when using https addresses in Dispatch clients and during wsimport. The below mentioned
workaround is only for the Dispatch clients, which are also used in WS-Trust to communicate
with STS. This has to be done even if the client’s main service is not on https, but only the STS is
on https.

Java by default verifies that the certificate CN (Common Name) is the same as host name in the
URL. If the CN in the certificate is not the same as the host name, your web service client fails
with the following exception:

javax.xml.ws.WebServiceException: java.io.IOException:
HTTPS hostname wrong: should be <hostname as in the certificate>

The recommended way to overcome this issue is to generate the server certificate with the
Common Name (CN) matching the host name.

To work around this only during development, in your client code, you can set the default host
name verifier to a custom host name verifier which does a custom check. An example is given
below. It is sometimes necessary to include this in the static block of your main Java class as
shown below to set this verifier before any connections are made to the server.

static {
//WORKAROUND. TO BE REMOVED.

javax.net.ssl.HttpsURLConnection.setDefaultHostnameVerifier(
new javax.net.ssl.HostnameVerifier(){

78 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Security Mechanisms

public boolean verify(String |hostname|,

javax.net.ssl.SSLSession sslSession) {
if (hostname.equals("mytargethostname")) {
return true;
}
return false;
}
});
}

Please remember to remove this code once you install valid certificates on the server.

Message Authentication over SSL

The Message Authentication over SSL mechanism attaches a cryptographically secured identity
or authentication token with the message and use SSL for confidentiality protection.

By default, a Username Supporting Token will be used for message authentication. To use an
X.509 Supporting Token instead, click the Configure button and select X509. Under this
scenario, you will need to configure your system for using SSL as described in “Configuring SSL
For Your Applications” on page 83.

SAML Authorization over SSL

The SAML Authorization over SSL mechanism attaches an authorization token with the
message and uses SSL for confidentiality protection. In this mechanism, the SAML token is
expected to carry some authorization information about an end user. The sender of the token is
actually vouching for the credentials in the SAML token.

To use this mechanism, configure SSL on the server, as described in “Configuring SSL For Your
Applications” on page 83, and, on the clients side, configure a SAMLCallbackHandler as
described in “Example SAML Callback Handlers” on page 74.

See Also: “Example: SAML Authorization over SSL (SA)” on page 119.

Endorsing Certificate
This mechanism uses secure messages using symmetric key for integrity and confidentiality
protection, and uses an endorsing client certificate to augment the claims provided by the token
associated with the message signature. For this mechanism, the client knows the service’s
certificate, and requests need to be endorsed/authorized by a special identity. For example, all
requests to a vendor must be endorsed by a purchase manager, so the certificate of the purchase
manager should be used to endorse (or counter sign) the original request.

Chapter 7 • Using WSIT Security 79

Security Mechanisms

SAML Sender Vouches with Certificates

This mechanism protects messages with mutual certificates for integrity and confidentiality and
with a Sender Vouches SAML token for authorization. The Sender Vouches method establishes
the correspondence between a SOAP message and the SAML assertions added to the SOAP
message. The attesting entity provides the confirmation evidence that will be used to establish
the correspondence between the subject of the SAML subject statements (in SAML assertions)
and SOAP message content. The attesting entity, presumed to be different from the subject,
vouches for the verification of the subject. The receiver has an existing trust relationship with
the attesting entity. The attesting entity protects the assertions (containing the subject
statements) in combination with the message content against modification by another party.
For more information about the Sender Vouches method, read the SAML Token Profile
document at http://docs.oasis-open.org/wss/oasis-wss-saml-token-profile-1.0.pdf.

For this mechanism, the SAML token is included as part of the message signature as an
authorization token and is sent only to the recipient. The message payload needs to be signed
and encrypted. The requestor is vouching for the credentials (present in the SAML assertion) of
the entity on behalf of which the requestor is acting.

The initiator token, which is an X.509 token, is used for signature. The recipient token, which is
also an X.509 token, is used for encryption. For the server, this is reversed, the recipient token is
the signature token and the initiator token is the encryption token. A SAML token is used for
authorization.

See Also: “Example: SAML Sender Vouches with Certificates (SV)” on page 123.

SAML Holder of Key

This mechanism protects messages with a signed SAML assertion (issued by a trusted
authority) carrying client public key and authorization information with integrity and
confidentiality protection using mutual certificates. The Holder-of-Key (HOK) method
establishes the correspondence between a SOAP message and the SAML assertions added to the
SOAP message. The attesting entity includes a signature that can be verified with the key
information in the confirmation method of the subject statements of the SAML assertion
referenced for key info for the signature. For more information about the Holder of Key
method, read the SAML Token Profile document at
http://docs.oasis-open.org/wss/oasis-wss-saml-token-profile-1.0.pdf.

Under this scenario, the service does not trust the client directly, but requires the client to send a
SAML assertion issued by a particular SAML authority. The client knows the recipient’s public
key, but does not share a direct trust relationship with the recipient. The recipient has a trust
relationship with the authority that issues the SAML token. The request is signed with the
client’s private key and encrypted with the server certificate. The response is signed using the
server’s private key and encrypted using the key provided within the HOK SAML assertion.

80 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Security Mechanisms

STS Issued Token

This security mechanism protects messages using a token issued by a trusted Secure Token
Service (STS) for message integrity and confidentiality protection.

An STS is a service that implements the protocol defined in the WS-Trust specification (you can
find a link to this specification at https://wsit.dev.java.net/). This protocol defines
message formats and message exchange patterns for issuing, renewing, canceling, and
validating security tokens.

Service providers and consumers are in potentially different managed environments but use a
single STS to establish a chain of trust. The service does not trust the client directly, but instead
trusts tokens issued by a designated STS. In other words, the STS is taking on the role of a
second service with which the client has to securely authenticate. The issued tokens contain a
key, which is encrypted for the server and which is used for deriving new keys for signing and
encrypting.

To use this mechanism for the web service, you simply select this option as your security
mechanism. However, you must have a Security Token Service that can be referenced by the
service. An example of an STS can be found in the section “To Create and Secure the STS (STS)”
on page 126. In this section, you select a security mechanism for the STS. The security
configuration for the client-side of this application is dependent upon the security mechanism
selected for the STS, and not on the security mechanism selected for the application. The client
truststore must contain the certificate of the STS, which has the alias of wssip if you are using
the updated GlassFish certificates.

See Also: “Example: STS Issued Token (STS)” on page 126.

STS Issued Token with Service Certificate

This security mechanism is similar to the one discussed in “STS Issued Token” on page 81, with
the difference being that in addition to the service requiring the client to authenticate using a
SAML token issued by a designated STS, confidentiality protection is achieved using a service
certificate. A service certificate is used by a client to authenticate the service and provide
message protection. For GlassFish, a default certificate of s1as is installed.

To use this mechanism for the web service, you simply select this option as your security
mechanism. However, you must have a Security Token Service that can be referenced by the
service. An example of an STS can be found in the section “To Create and Secure the STS (STS)”
on page 126. In this section, you select a security mechanism for the STS. The security
configuration for the client-side of this application is dependent upon the security mechanism
selected for the STS, and not on the security mechanism selected for the application. The client
truststore must contain the certificate of the STS, which has the alias of wssip if you are using
the updated GlassFish certificates.

Chapter 7 • Using WSIT Security 81

Security Mechanisms

STS Issued Endorsing Token

This security mechanism is similar to the one discussed in “STS Issued Token” on page 81, with
the difference being that the client authenticates using a SAML token that is issued by a
designated STS. An endorsing token is used to sign the message signature.

In this mechanism, message integrity and confidentiality are protected using ephemeral keys
encrypted for the service. Ephemeral keys use an algorithm where the exchange key value is
purged from the cryptographic service provider (CSP) when the key handle is destroyed. The
service requires messages to be endorsed by a SAML token issued by a designated STS.

Service providers and consumers are in potentially different managed environments. For this
mechanism, the service requires that secure communications be endorsed by a trusted STS. The
service does not trust the client directly, but instead trusts tokens issued by a designated STS. In
other words, the STS is taking on the role of a second service with which the client has to
securely authenticate.

For this mechanism, authentication of the client is achieved in this way:

■ The client authenticates with the STS and obtains the necessary token with credentials.
■ The client’s request is signed and encrypted using ephemeral key K.
■ The server’s response is signed and encrypted using the same K.
■ The primary signature of the request is endorsed using the issued token.

To use this mechanism for the web service, you simply select this option as your security
mechanism. However, you must have a Security Token Service that can be referenced by the
service. An example of an STS can be found in the section “To Create and Secure the STS (STS)”
on page 126. In this section, you select a security mechanism for the STS. The security
configuration for the client-side of this application is dependent upon the security mechanism
selected for the STS, and not on the security mechanism selected for the application. The client
truststore must contain the certificate of the STS, which has the alias of wssip if you are using
the updated GlassFish certificates.

82 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Configuring SSL and Authorized Users

Configuring SSL and Authorized Users

This section discusses configuring security for your web service and web service client using the
WSIT security mechanisms. Some of these mechanisms require some configuration outside of
NetBeans IDE. Depending upon which security mechanism you plan to use, some of the
following tasks will need to be completed:
■ If you are using the GlassFish container and message security, you must update the
GlassFish keystore and truststore by importing v3 certificates. The procedure for updating
the certificates is described in “To Manually Update GlassFish Certificates” on page 89.
■ If you are using a security mechanism that requires a user to enter a user name and
password, create authorized users for your container. Steps for creating an authorized user
for the GlassFish container are described in “Adding Users to GlassFish” on page 86.
■ To use a mechanism that uses secure transport (SSL), you must configure the system to point
to the client and server keystore and truststore files. Steps for doing this are described in
“Configuring SSL For Your Applications” on page 83.

This section covers the following topics:

■ “Configuring SSL For Your Applications” on page 83
■ “Adding Users to GlassFish” on page 86

Configuring SSL For Your Applications

This section describes adding the steps to configure your application for SSL. These steps will
need to be accomplished for any application that uses one of the mechanisms:
■ “Transport Security (SSL)” on page 77 (see “Example: Transport Security (SSL)” on page 116)
■ “Message Authentication over SSL” on page 79
■ “SAML Authorization over SSL” on page 79 (see “Example: SAML Authorization over SSL
(SA)” on page 119)

▼ To Configure SSL for Your Application

The following steps are generic to any application, but have example configurations that will
work with the tutorial examples, in particular, “Example: SAML Authorization over SSL (SA)”
on page 119 and “Example: Transport Security (SSL)” on page 116.

To configure SSL for your application, follow these steps.

1 Select one of the mechanisms that require SSL.

These include “Transport Security (SSL)” on page 77, “Message Authentication over SSL” on
page 79, and “SAML Authorization over SSL” on page 79.

2 Server Configuration

Chapter 7 • Using WSIT Security 83

Configuring SSL and Authorized Users

■ GlassFish is already configured for SSL. No further SSL configuration is necessary if you are
using Transport Security. However, if you are using one of the Message Security
mechanisms with SSL, you must update the GlassFish certificates as described in “To
Manually Update GlassFish Certificates” on page 89.
■ Configure a user on GlassFish as described in “Adding Users to GlassFish” on page 86.

3 Client Configuration
For configuring your system for SSL in order to work through the examples in this tutorial, the
same keystore and truststore files are used for both the client and the service. This makes it
unnecessary to set system properties to point to the client stores, as both GlassFish and
NetBeans IDE are aware of these certificates and point to them by default.
In general, for the client side of SSL you will not be using the same certificates for the client and
the service. In that case, you need to define the client certificate stores by setting the system
properties -Djavax.net.ssl.trustStore, -Djavax.net.ssl.keyStore,
-Djavax.net.ssl.trustStorePassword, and -Djavax.net.ssl.keyStorePassword in the
application client container.
You can specify the environment variables for keystore and truststore by setting the
environment variable VMARGS through the shell environment or inside an Ant script, or by
passing them in when you start NetBeans IDE from the command line. For example, in the
latter case, you would specify the property settings as follows:
netbeans-install/bin/netbeans.exe
-J-Djavax.net.ssl.trustStore=as-install/domains/domain1/config/cacerts.jks
-J-Djavax.net.ssl.keyStore=as-install/domains/domain1/config/keystore.jks
-J-Djavax.net.ssl.trustStorePassword=changeit
-J-Djavax.net.ssl.keyStorePassword=changeit
Use the hard-coded path to the keystore and truststore files, not variables.
For the SSL mechanism, the browser will prompt you to accept the server alias s1as.

Caution – On the client side, for the Transport Security (SSL) mechanism, you must either use
the fully-qualified hostname in the URL for the service WSDL when you are creating the web
sercie client, or else you must follow the steps in “Transport Security (SSL) Workaround” on
page 78.

4 Service Configuration
To require the service to use the HTTPS protocol, you must select a security mechanism that
uses SSL (as described in a previous step), and you have to specify the security requirements in
the service’s application deployment descriptor. This file is ejb-jar.xml for a web service that is
implemented as an EJB endpoint, and web.xml for a web service implemented as a servlet. To
specify the security information, follow these steps:

a. From your web service application, expand Web Pages→WEB-INF.

84 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Configuring SSL and Authorized Users

b. Double-click web.xml (or ejb-jar.xml) to open it in the editor.

c. Select the Security tab.

d. On the Security Constraints line, expand the node for SSL transport for CalculatorWSService.
This will display when a security mechanism that requires SSL is selected. This constraint will
be sufficient for the example applications. This sections walks you through making some
changes in the event that you would like to customize the security constraint for your
application.

e. Under Web Resource Collection, click Edit.

f. Change the URL Pattern to be protected (for example, /*). Select which HTTP Methods to
protect, for example, POST. Click OK to close this dialog.

g. Unselect Enable Authentication Constraint. Ensure that the Enable User Data Constraint box
is checked. Verify that CONFIDENTIAL is selected for the Transport Guarantee to specify that
the application uses SSL because the application requires that data be transmitted so as to
prevent other entities from observing the contents of the transmission.
The IDE appears as shown in Figure 7–4.

FIGURE 7–4 Deployment Descriptor Page

h. Click the XML tab to display the additions to web.xml. The security constraint looks like this:
<security-constraint>
<display-name>Constraint1</display-name>
<web-resource-collection>

Chapter 7 • Using WSIT Security 85

Configuring SSL and Authorized Users

<web-resource-name>CalcWebResource</web-resource-name>
<description/>
<url-pattern>/*</url-pattern>
<http-method>POST</http-method>
</web-resource-collection>
<user-data-constraint>
<description/>
<transport-guarantee>CONFIDENTIAL</transport-guarantee>
</user-data-constraint>
</security-constraint>

i. When you run this project (right-click, select Run), the browser will ask you to accept the
server certificate of s1as. Accept this certificate. The WSDL appears in the browser.

5 Creating a Client
When creating your client application, use the fully-qualified hostname to specify the secure
WSDL location (use
https://fully_qualified_hostname:8181/CalculatorApplication/CalculatorWSService?
wsdl, for example, in place of
http://localhost:8080/CalculatorApplication/CalculatorWSService?wsdl).
In some cases, you might get an error dialog telling you that the URL
https://fully_qualified_hostname:8181/CalculatorApplication/CalculatorWSService?
wsdl couldn’t be downloaded. However, this is the correct URL, and it does load when you run
the service. So, when this error occurs, repeat the steps that create the Web Service Client using
the secure WSDL. The second time, the web service reference is created and you can continue
creating the client.

Adding Users to GlassFish

This section describes the following tasks:
■ “To Add a User to GlassFish for Development” on page 86
■ “To Add Users to GlassFish Using the Admin Console” on page 87
■ “To Add Users to GlassFish From the Command Line” on page 88

▼ To Add a User to GlassFish for Development

To create a user in the GlassFish file realm to be used for testing and development purposes,
follow these steps.

1 In NetBeans IDE, right-click the web service, select Edit Web Service Attributes.

2 Select Secure Service.

86 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Configuring SSL and Authorized Users

3 Select Use Development Defaults.

In addition to setting up keystore and truststore files, this option creates a default user on
GlassFish. The user has the name wsitUser and the password of changeit.

▼ To Add Users to GlassFish Using the Admin Console

To add users to GlassFish using the Admin Console, follow these steps.

1 Start GlassFish if you haven’t already done so.

2 Start the Admin Console if you haven’t already done so.

You can start the Admin Console by starting a web browser and specifying the URL
http://localhost:4848/asadmin. If you changed the default Admin port during installation,
type the correct port number in place of 4848.

3 To log in to the Admin Console, type the user name and password of a user in the admin-realm
who belongs to the asadmin group.
The name (admin) and password (adminadmin) entered during installation will work, as will any
users added to this realm and group subsequent to installation.

4 Expand the Configuration node in the Admin Console tree.

5 Expand the Security node in the Admin Console tree.

6 Expand the Realms node, then select the file realm.

7 Click the Manage Users button.

8 Click New to add a new user to the realm.

9 Type the correct information into the User ID, Password, and Group(s) fields.
The example applications reference a user with the following attributes:
■ User ID = wsitUser
■ Group List = wsit
■ New Password = changeit
■ Confirm New Password = changeit

10 Click OK to add this user to the list of users in the realm.

11 Click Logout when you have completed this task.

Chapter 7 • Using WSIT Security 87

Configuring Keystores and Truststores

▼ To Add Users to GlassFish From the Command Line

1 Make sure GlassFish is running, then type the following command:

as-install/bin/asadmin create-file-user --groups wsit wsitUser

2 When you are prompted for the password, type changeit.

Configuring Keystores and Truststores

This section describes configuring keystores and truststores. Security mechanisms that use
certificates require keystore and truststore files for deployment.
■ For GlassFish, default keystore and truststore files come bundled. However, WSIT security
mechanisms for message security require X.509 version 3 certificates. GlassFish contains
version 1 certificates. Therefore, to enable the WSIT applications to run on GlassFish, you
will need to follow the instructions in “To Manually Update GlassFish Certificates” on
page 89.
■ For Tomcat, keystore and truststore files do not come bundled with this container, so they
must be provided. You can download valid keystore and truststore files for the client and
server from https://xwss.dev.java.net/.
This section covers the following topics:
■ “To Automatically Update GlassFish Certificates” on page 88
■ “To Manually Update GlassFish Certificates” on page 89
■ “Specifying Aliases with the Updated Stores” on page 91
■ “Configuring the Keystore and Truststore” on page 91
■ “Configuring Validators” on page 97

▼ To Automatically Update GlassFish Certificates

You can have NetBeans automatically update the GlassFish certificates to the version needed to
work with message security. To do this, follow these steps:

1 In NetBeans IDE, right-click the web service, select Edit Web Service Attributes.

2 Select Secure Service.

3 Select Use Development Defaults.

This option imports certificates into the GlassFish keystore and truststore so that they can be
used immediately for development.
In a production environment, you should provide your own certificates and user settings,
however, in a development environment you may find these defaults useful.

88 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Configuring Keystores and Truststores

▼ To Manually Update GlassFish Certificates

The WSIT message security mechanisms require the use of v3 certificates. The default GlassFish
keystore and truststore do not contain v3 certificates at this time (but should before FCS).
(GlassFish instances installed using JDK 1.6 do have a v3 certificate but the certificate lacks a
particular extension required for supporting some secure WSIT mechanisms.) In order to use
message security mechanisms with GlassFish, it is necessary to download keystore and
truststore files that contain v3 certificates and import the appropriate certificates into the
default GlassFish stores.

Note – The XWSS keystores are sample keystores containing sample v3 certificates. These
sample keystores can be used for development and testing of security with WSIT technology.
Once an application is in production, you should definitely use your own v3 certificates issued
by a trusted authority. In order to use WSIT security on GlassFish, you will have to import your
trusted stores into GlassFish’s keystore and specify those certificates from NetBeans IDE.

To manually update the GlassFish certificates, follow these steps.

1 Download the zip file that contains the certificates and the Ant scripts (copyv3.zip) by going to
this URL:
https://xwss.dev.java.net/
servlets/ProjectDocumentList?folderID=6645[amp ]expandFolder=6645[amp
]folderID=6645

2 Unzip this file and change into its directory, copyv3.

3 Set the AS_HOME variable to the location where GlassFish is installed, as described in the
README.txt file in this directory.

4 From the copyv3 directory, execute the Ant command that will copy the keystore and truststore
files to the appropriate location, and import the appropriate certificates into the GlassFish
keystore and truststore.
This Ant command is as follows:
as-install/lib/ant/bin/ant
The command window will echo back the certificates that are being added to the keystore and
truststore files, and should look something like this:

[echo] WARNING: currently we add non-CA certs to GF truststore, this

will not be required in later releases when WSIT starts supporting CertStore(s)
[java] Added Key Entry :xws-security-server
[java] Added Key Entry :xws-security-client
[java] Added Trusted Entry :xwss-certificate-authority

Chapter 7 • Using WSIT Security 89

Configuring Keystores and Truststores

[java] Added Key Entry :wssip

[java] Added Trusted Entry :xws-security-client
[java] Added Trusted Entry :xws-security-server
[java] Added Trusted Entry :wssip
[echo] Adding JVM Option for https outbound alias, this will take at least
One Minute.
...

5 To verify that the updates were successful, follow these steps:

a. Change to the directory containing the GlassFish keystore and truststore files,
as-install/domains/domain1/config.

b. Verify that the v3 certificate has been imported into the GlassFish truststore. To do this, run
the following keytool command (all on one line):
java-home/bin/keytool -list -keystore cacerts.jks -alias wssip
-storepass changeit

If the certificates are successfully updated, your response will look something like this:

wssip, Aug 20, 2007, trustedCertEntry,

Certificate fingerprint (MD5): 1A:0E:E9:69:7D:D0:80:AD:5C:85:47:91:EB:0D:11:B1

If the certificates were not successfully update, your response will look something like this:

keytool error: java.lang.Exception: Alias <wssip> does not exist

c. Verify that the v3 certificate has been imported into the GlassFish keystore. To do this, run
the following keytool commands:
java-home/bin/keytool -list -keystore keystore.jks
-alias xws-security-server -storepass changeit
java-home/bin/keytool -list -keystore keystore.jks
-alias xws-security-client -storepass changeit

If the certificates were successfully updated, your response should look something like this:

xws-security-server, Aug 20, 2007, PrivateKeyEntry,

Certificate fingerprint (MD5): E4:E3:A9:02:3C:B0:36:0C:C1:48:6E:0E:3E:5C:5E:84

If your certificates were not successfully updated, your response will look more like this:

keytool error: java.lang.Exception: Alias <xws-security-server> does not exist

90 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Configuring Keystores and Truststores

Specifying Aliases with the Updated Stores

The configuration of the aliases for all containers (Tomcat, GlassFish) and for all applications
(JSR-109-compliant and non-JSR-109-compliant), except for applications that use a Security
Token Service (STS) mechanism, is as shown in Table 7–3.

TABLE 7–3 Keystore and Truststore Aliases

Keystore Alias Truststore Alias

Client-Side Configuration xws-security-client xws-security-server

Server-Side Configuration xws-security-server xws-security-client

The configuration of the aliases for applications that use a Security Token Service (STS)
mechanism is as shown in Table 7–4.

TABLE 7–4 Keystore and Truststore Aliases for STS

Keystore Alias Truststore Alias

Client-Side Configuration xws-security-client xws-security-server

STS Configuration xws-security-client wssip

Configuring the Keystore and Truststore

NetBeans IDE already knows the location of the default keystore file and its password, but you
need to specify which alias is to be used. The following sections discuss configuring the keystore
on the service and on the client.

▼ To Configure the Keystore on a Service Automatically

To have NetBeans IDE configure the keystore to its default values, follow these steps.

1 In NetBeans IDE, right-click the web service, select Edit Web Service Attributes.

2 Select Secure Service.

3 Select Use Development Defaults.

This option imports certificates into the GlassFish keystore and truststore so that they can be
used immediately for development. This option also inserts the location and alias of the
keystore and truststore files into the configuration file.
In a production environment, you should provide your own certificates and user settings,
however, in a development environment you may find these defaults useful.

Chapter 7 • Using WSIT Security 91

Configuring Keystores and Truststores

▼ To Configure the Keystore on a Service Manually

A keystore is a database of private keys and their associated X.509 certificate chains
authenticating the corresponding public keys. A key is a piece of information that controls the
operation of a cryptographic algorithm. For example, in encryption, a key specifies the
particular transformation of plaintext into ciphertext, or vice versa during decryption. Keys are
used in digital signatures for authentication.

To configure a keystore on a service, perform the following steps.

1 Check the table in “Summary of Service-Side Configuration Requirements”on page 69 to see if a

keystore needs to be configured for the selected security mechanism. If so, continue.

2 Right-click the web service and select Edit Web Service Attributes.
The Web Service Attributes editor is displayed.

3 Enable Secure Service, then select a security mechanism.

4 Check the table in “Summary of Service-Side Configuration Requirements”on page 69 to see

what keystore configuration, if any, is required for that mechanism.

5 Unselect Use Development Defaults.

6 Click the Keystore button. The dialog shown in Figure 7–5 displays.

FIGURE 7–5 Keystore Configuration Dialog

7 Depending on what is required for the selected mechanism, you may specify the following
information in the Keystore Configuration dialog:

92 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Configuring Keystores and Truststores

■ Keystore Password: Specifies the password for the keystore file. If you are running under
GlassFish, GlassFish’s password is already entered. If you have changed the keystore’s
password from the default, you must specify the correct value in this field.
■ Load Aliases: Click the Load Aliases button to populate the Alias field with the aliases
contained in the keystore file. The Location and Store Password fields must be specified
correctly for this option to work.
■ Alias: Specifies the alias of the certificate in the specified keystore to be used for
authentication. Refer to the table in “Specifying Aliases with the Updated Stores” on page 91
to determine which alias to choose for the selected security mechanism.
■ Key Password: Specifies the password of the key within the keystore. For this sample, leave
this blank. For this field, the default assumes the key password is the same as the store
password, so you only need to specify this field when the key password is different.

Note – The Key Password field enables you to specify a password for the keystore used by the
application. When specified, this password is stored in a WSIT configuration file in clear text,
which is a security risk. Setting the keystore password in the development environment is fine,
however, when you go into production, remember to use the container’s Callback Handler to
obtain the keys from the keystore. This eliminates the need for the keystore passwords to be
supplied by the users. You can also specify the passwords for keystores and truststores by
specifying a Callback Handler class that implements the
javax.security.auth.callback.CallbackHandler interface in the Key Password or Store
Password fields.

When creating JSR-109-compliant application, GlassFish will only use the default
CallbackHandlers and Validators, and you cannot override the location of the keystore and
truststore files. Any attempt to override the default location will be ignored. You do, however,
need to specify the keystore and truststore locations in these dialogs in order to specify the alias.
When creating non-JSR-109-compliant application, you can specify the passwords for
keystores and truststores by specifying a CallbackHandler class that implements the
javax.security.auth.callback.CallbackHandler interface in the Key Password or Store
Password fields.

8 Click OK to close the dialog.

▼ To Configure the Truststore on a Service Automatically

To have NetBeans IDE configure the truststore to its default values, follow these steps.

1 In NetBeans IDE, right-click the web service, select Edit Web Service Attributes.

2 Select Secure Service.

Chapter 7 • Using WSIT Security 93

Configuring Keystores and Truststores

3 Select Use Development Defaults.

This option imports certificates into the GlassFish keystore and truststore so that they can be
used immediately for development. This option also inserts the location and alias of the
keystore and truststore files into the configuration file, when required for a selected security
mechanism.
In a production environment, you should provide your own certificates and user settings,
however, in a development environment you may find these defaults useful.

▼ To Configure the Truststore on a Service Manually

A truststore is a database of trusted entities and their associated X.509 certificate chains
authenticating the corresponding public keys.

The truststore contains the Certificate Authority (CA) certificates and the certificates of the
other party to which this entity intends to send encrypted (confidential) data. This file must
contain the public key certificates of the CA and the client’s public key certificate. Any kind of
encryption without WS-SecureConversation will generally require that a truststore be
configured on the client side. Any kind of signature without WS-SecureConversation will
generally require a truststore on the server side.

Note – For this release, place the trusted certificates of other parties in GlassFish’s truststore,
cacerts.jks. This is not normally a recommended practice because any certificate you add to
the cacerts.jks file effectively means it can be a trusted root for any and all certificate chains,
which can be a security problem. In future releases, trusted certificates from other parties will be
placed in a certstore, and only trusted roots will be placed inside cacerts.jks.

To set the truststore configuration options on a service, perform the following steps.

1 Check the table in “Summary of Service-Side Configuration Requirements”on page 69 to see if a

truststore is required for the selected security mechanism. If so, continue.

2 Right-click the web service and select Edit Web Service Attributes.
The Web Service Attributes editor is displayed.

3 Enable Secure Service.

4 Unselect Use Development Defaults.

5 Click the Truststore button.

6 On the Truststore Configuration page, specify the following options:

94 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Configuring Keystores and Truststores

■ Location: By default, the location and name of the truststore that stores the public key
certificates of the CA and the client’s public key certificate is already entered. The GlassFish
truststore file is as-install/domains/domain1/config/cacerts.jks.
■ Store Password: Specifies the password for the truststore. If you are using GlassFish, the
value of changeit is already entered. If you have changed the value of the truststore
password, you must type the new value in this field.

Note – The Store Password field enables you to specify a password for the truststore used by
the application. When specified, this password is stored in a WSIT configuration file in clear
text, which is a security risk. Setting the truststore password in the development
environment is fine, however, when you go into production, remember to use the
container’s Callback Handler to obtain the keys from the truststore. This eliminates the need
for the truststore passwords to be supplied by the users. You can also specify the passwords
for keystores and truststores by specifying a CallbackHandler class that implements the
javax.security.auth.callback.CallbackHandler interface in the Key Password or Store
Password fields.
When creating JSR-109-compliant application, GlassFish will only use the default
CallbackHandlers and Validators, and you cannot override the location of the keystore and
truststore files. Any attempt to override the default location will be ignored. You do,
however, need to specify the keystore and truststore locations in these dialogs in order to
specify the alias.

■ Load Aliases: Click the Load Aliases button to populate the Alias field with the aliases
contained in the truststore file. The Location and Store Password fields must be specified
correctly for this option to work.
■ Alias: Specifies the peer alias of the certificate in the truststore that is to be used when the
client needs to send encrypted data. Refer to the table in “Specifying Aliases with the
Updated Stores” on page 91 to determine which alias is appropriate for the selected security
mechanism. A truststore contains trusted other-party certificates and certificates of
Certificate Authorities (CA). A peer alias is the alias of the other party (peer) that the
sending party needs to use to encrypt the request.

7 Click OK to close the dialog.

▼ To Configure the Keystore and Truststore on a Client

On the client side, a keystore and truststore file must be configured for some of the security
mechanisms. Refer to the table in “Summary of Client-Side Configuration Requirements” on
page 70 for information on which mechanisms require the configuration of keystores and
truststores.
If the mechanism configured for the service requires the configuration of keystores and
truststores, follow these steps.

Chapter 7 • Using WSIT Security 95

Configuring Keystores and Truststores

1 Check the table in “Summary of Client-Side Configuration Requirements”on page 70 to see if a

keystore needs to be configured for the client for the selected security mechanism. If so,
continue.

2 In the Projects window, expand the node for the web service client.

3 Expand the Web Service References node.

4 Right-click the node for the web service reference for which you want to configure security
options.

5 Select Edit Web Service Attributes.

When the Web Service References Attributes Editor is opened, select the Quality of Service tab
to display the WSIT Security options.

Tip – You can simply select Use Development Defaults, and then OK, to use the default values
for the keystore and truststore. Otherwise, continue with these steps.

6 Click Keystore or Truststore to specify the keystore or truststore information if required by the
service.

7 Depending on what is required for the selected mechanism, you may specify the following
information:
■ Keystore Location: The directory and file name containing the certificate key to be used to
authenticate the client. By default, the location is already set to the default GlassFish
keystore, as-install/domains/domain1/config/keystore.jks.
■ Keystore Password: The password for the keystore used by the client. By default, the
password for the GlassFish keystore is already entered. This password is changeit.

Note – When specified, this password is stored in a WSIT configuration file in clear text.
Setting the keystore password in the development environment is fine, however, when you
go into production, remember to use the container’s default CallbackHandler to obtain the
keys from the keystore. This eliminates the need for the keystore passwords to be supplied
by the users. You can also specify the passwords for keystores and truststores by specifying a
CallbackHandler class that implements the
javax.security.auth.callback.CallbackHandler interface in the Keystore Password,
Truststore Password, or Key Password fields.

■ Load Aliases: Click this button to populate the Alias list with all of the certificates available
in the selected keystore. This option will only work if the keystore location and password are
correct.

96 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Configuring Keystores and Truststores

■ Keystore Alias: Select the alias in the keystore. Refer to the table in “Specifying Aliases with
the Updated Stores” on page 91 to determine which alias is appropriate for the selected
security mechanism.
■ Key Password: If the client key has been password-protected, type the password for this key.
The GlassFish certificate key password is changeit.
■ Truststore Location: The directory and file name of the client truststore containing the
certificate of the server. By default, this field points to the default GlassFish truststore,
as-install/domains/domain1/config/cacerts.jks.
■ Truststore Password: The password for the truststore used by the client. By default, the
password for the GlassFish truststore is already specified. The password is changeit.

Note – When specified, this password is stored in a WSIT configuration file in clear text.
Setting the truststore password in the development environment is fine; however, when you
go into production, remember to use the container’s default CallbackHandler to obtain the
keys from the keystore. This eliminates the need for the keystore passwords to be supplied
by the users. You can also specify the passwords for keystores and truststores by specifying a
CallbackHandler class that implements the
javax.security.auth.callback.CallbackHandler interface in the Keystore Password,
Truststore Password, or Key Password fields.

■ Load Aliases: Click this button to populate the Alias list with all of the certificates available
in the selected keystore. This option will only work if the truststore location and password
are correct.
■ Truststore Alias: Select the alias of the server certificate and private key in the client
truststore. Refer to the table in “Specifying Aliases with the Updated Stores” on page 91 to
determine which alias is appropriate for the selected security mechanism.

8 Click OK to close the dialog.

Configuring Validators
A validator is an optional set of classes used to check the validity of a token, a certificate, a
timestamp, or a username and password. The Validators button will be enabled when all of the
following are true:
■ Security is enabled for the service.
■ Target server for the service is not GlassFish.
■ Development defaults are disabled.
■ Security profile for the service is not one of the three STS based profiles.

Applications that run under a GlassFish 9.1 or higher container do not need to configure
Callback Handlers and Validators when using the IDE with WSIT enabled. This is because the

Chapter 7 • Using WSIT Security 97

Configuring Keystores and Truststores

container handles the callbacks and validation. You only need to make sure that the certificates
are available at locations that GlassFish requires and/or create authorized users using the
Admin Console (described in “Adding Users to GlassFish” on page 86.

Validators are always optional because there are defaults in the runtime (regardless of the
container and regardless of whether the application is a JSR-109 or a non-JSR-109 deployment.)
For non-JSR-109 deployment, you only need to specify a validator when you want to override
the default validators. For JSR-109 deployments, there is no point in specifying an overriding
validator, as these will be overridden back to the defaults by GlassFish, thus the Validators
button is not available when the selected web service is a JSR-109-compliant application.

▼ To Set Validator Configuration Options

To set the validator configuration options for a non-JSR-109-compliant application (such as a
J2SE client), perform the following steps.

1 Right-click the web service and select Edit Web Service Attributes.
The Web Service Attributes editor is displayed.

2 Enable Secure Service.

3 Unselect Use Development Defaults.

4 Click the Validator button.

5 On the Validator Configuration page, specify the following options, when necessary:
■ Username Validator: Specifies the validator class to be used to validate username and
password on the server side. This option is only used by a web service.

Note – When using the default Username Validator, make sure that the username and
password of the client are registered with GlassFish (using Admin Console, described in
“Adding Users to GlassFish” on page 86) if using GlassFish, or is included in the
tomcat-users.xml file if using Tomcat.

■ Timestamp Validator: Specifies the validator class to be used to check the token timestamp
to determine whether the token has expired or is still valid.
■ Certificate Validator: Specifies the validator class to be used to validate the certificate
supplied by the client or the web service.
■ SAML Validator: Specifies the validator class to be used to validate SAML token supplied by
the client or the web service.

6 Click OK to close the dialog.

98 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Securing Operations and Messages

Securing Operations and Messages

This section explains how to specify security mechanisms at the operation level and at the
message level.

You can specify security mechanisms at the following levels:

■ Operation
At times, you may need to configure different operations with different supporting tokens.
You may wish to configure security at the operation level, for example, in the situation
where only one operation requires a UsernameToken to be passed and the rest of the
operations do not require this, or in the situation where only one operation needs to be
endorsed by a special token and the others do not.
■ Input Message and Output Message
Security mechanisms at this level are used to specify what is being protected and the level of
protection required.
In this section, you can specify parts of a message that require integrity protection (digital
signature) and/or confidentiality (encryption). When you do this, the specified part of the
message, outside of security headers, requires signature and/or encryption. For example, a
message producer might submit an order that contains an orderID header. The producer
signs and/or encrypts the orderID header (the SOAP message header) and the body of the
request (the SOAP message body). Parts that can be signed and/or encrypted include the
body, the header, the local name of the SOAP header, and the namespace of the SOAP
header.
You can also specify arbitrary elements in the message that require integrity protection
and/or confidentiality. Because of the mutability of some SOAP headers, a message
producer may decide not to sign and/or encrypt the SOAP message header or body as a
whole, but instead sign and/or encrypt elements within the header and body. Elements that
can be signed and/or encrypted include an XPath expression or a URI which indicates the
version of XPath to use.

This section covers the following topics:

■ “To Specify Security at the Operation, Input Message, or Output Message Level” on page 99
■ “Supporting Token Options” on page 104

▼ To Specify Security at the Operation, Input Message,

or Output Message Level
To specify security mechanisms at the level of the operation, input message, or output message,
perform the following steps.

Chapter 7 • Using WSIT Security 99

Securing Operations and Messages

1 Right-click the web service and select Web Service Attributes.

The Web Service Attributes editor is displayed.

2 Select Secure Service.

3 Select a security mechanism.

The following mechanisms do not support Input message level protection:
■ “Username Authentication with Symmetric Key” on page 77
■ “Transport Security (SSL)” on page 77
■ “Message Authentication over SSL” on page 79
■ “SAML Authorization over SSL” on page 79
■ “SAML Sender Vouches with Certificates” on page 80

4 Expand the operationOperation node (for example, the add Operation node.) It should look like
Figure 7–6.

100 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Securing Operations and Messages

FIGURE 7–6 Web Service Attributes Editor Page: Operation Level

5 Expand the operation section.

The section will be grayed out if Secure Service is not selected.

6 Select an option from the Transactions list to specify a level at which transactions will be
secured.
For this release, transactions will only use SSL for security. Transactions are discussed in
Chapter 12, “Using Atomic Transactions.”

Chapter 7 • Using WSIT Security 101

Securing Operations and Messages

7 Expand the Input Message section.

This section will be grayed out if Secure Service is not selected.

8 Specify the following options, as appropriate:

■ Authentication Token: Specifies which supporting token will be used to sign and/or
encrypt the specified message parts. Options include Username, X509, SAML, Issued, or
None. For further description of these options, read “Supporting Token Options” on
page 104.
■ Signed: Specifies that the authentication token must be a signed, supporting token. A
signed, supporting token is signed by the primary signature token and is part of primary
signature.
■ Endorsing: Specifies that the authentication token must be endorsed. With an endorsing
supporting token, the key represented by the token is used to endorse/sign the primary
message signature.
If both Signed and Endorsing are selected, the authentication token must be a signed,
endorsing, supporting token. In this situation, the token is signed by the primary signature. The
key represented by the token is used to endorse/sign the primary message signature.

9 For the Input Message and/or Output Message, click the Message Parts button to specify which
parts of the message need to be encrypted, signed, and/or required.
See the following section for more information on the options in the Message Parts dialog.
The Message Parts dialog appears. It should look like Figure 7–7.

FIGURE 7–7 Web Service Attributes Editor Page: Message Parts

10 Click in a checkbox to the right of the message part or element that you would like to sign,
encrypt or require.

102 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Securing Operations and Messages

■ Select Sign to specify the parts or elements of a message that require integrity protection
(digital signature).
■ Select Encrypt to specify the parts or elements of a message that require confidentiality
(encryption).
■ Select Require to specify the set of parts and/or elements that a message must contain.

11 Click Add Body to add a row for the message body.

This will only be necessary if the row has been removed.

12 Click Add Header to add a row for either a specific SOAP header part or for all SOAP header parts.
This will only be necessary if the SOAP header row in question has been deleted. The header
parts that are available to sign and/or encrypt before clicking the Add Header button include To
(Addressing), From (Addressing), FaultTo (Addressing), ReplyTo (Addressing), MessageID
(Addressing), RelatesTo (Addressing), and Action (Addressing). After clicking Add Header,
and then clicking All Headers, you may also specify AckRequested (RM),
SequenceAcknowledgement (RM), and Sequence (RM).

13 There are no XPath elements displayed by default. Click Add XPath to add rows that enable you
to specify signature and/or encryption for an XPath expression or a URI which indicates the
version of XPath to use.
By default, the Required field is selected. This is an editable field. Double-click the XPath row to
specify the XPath expression or URI. Only one XPath element is allowed.

Note – There is a limitation when specifying XPath elements. To use XPath elements, switch off
Optimize Security manually by adding the disableStreamingSecurity policy assertion. For
information on how to do this, refer to http://blogs.sun.com/venu/ for more information
on disableStreamingSecurity.

14 To remove an element, select it in the Message Part section, and then click Remove to remove it
from message security.

15 Click OK to save these settings.

Chapter 7 • Using WSIT Security 103

Configuring A Secure Token Service (STS)

Supporting Token Options

You can use one of the following options for supporting tokens:
■ Username Token: A username token is used to identify the requestor by their username,
and optionally using a password (or shared secret, or password equivalent) to authenticate
that identity. When using a username token, the user must be configured on GlassFish. For
information on configuring users on GlassFish, read “Adding Users to GlassFish” on
page 86.
■ X.509 Certificate: An X.509 certificate specifies a binding between a public key and a set of
attributes that includes (at least) a subject name, issuer name, serial number, and validity
interval. An X.509 certificate may be used to validate a public key that may be used to
authenticate a SOAP message or to identify the public key with a SOAP message that has
been encrypted. When this option is selected, you must specify a truststore. For information
on specifying a truststore, read “To Configure the Truststore on a Service Manually” on
page 94.
■ Issued Token: An issued token is a token issued by a trusted Secure Token Service (STS).
The service does not trust the client directly, but instead trusts tokens issued by a designated
STS. In other words, the STS is taking on the role of a second service with which the client
has to securely authenticate. The issued tokens contain a key, which is encrypted for the
server and which is used for deriving new keys for signing and encrypting.
■ SAML Token: A SAML Token uses Security Assertion Markup Language (SAML)
assertions as security tokens.

Configuring A Secure Token Service (STS)

A Secure Token Service (STS) is a Web service that issues security tokens. That is, it makes
assertions based on evidence that it trusts, to whoever trusts it (or to specific recipients). To
communicate trust, a service requires proof, such as a signature, to prove knowledge of a
security token or set of security tokens. A service itself can generate tokens or it can rely on a
separate STS to issue a security token with its own trust statement (note that for some security
token formats this can just be a re-issuance or co-signature). This forms the basis of trust
brokering.

The issued token security model includes a target server, a client, and a trusted third party called
a Security Token Service (STS). Policy flows from server to client, and from STS to client. Policy
may be embedded inside an issued token assertion, or acquired out-of-hand. There may be an
explicit trust relationship between the server and the STS. There must be a trust relationship
between the client and the STS.

104 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Configuring A Secure Token Service (STS)

When the web service being referenced by the client uses any of the STS security mechanisms
(refer to tables in “Summary of Service-Side Configuration Requirements” on page 69 smf
“Summary of Client-Side Configuration Requirements” on page 70), an STS must be specified.
You can specify the STS in the following ways.
■ On the service side, specify the endpoint of the Issuer element and/or specify the Issuer
Metadata Exchange (Mex) address of the STS.
If you need to create a third-party STS, follow the steps in “To Create a Third-Party STS” on
page 105.
If you already have an STS that you want to use, follow the steps in “To Specify an STS on the
Service Side” on page 108.
An example that creates and uses an STS can be found in “Example: STS Issued Token
(STS)” on page 126.
■ On the client side, specify the information for a preconfigured STS. This is mainly used for a
local STS that is in the same domain as the client. Configuring the STS for the client is
described in “To Specify an STS on the Client Side” on page 109.

This section covers the following topics:

■ “To Create a Third-Party STS” on page 105
■ “To Specify an STS on the Service Side” on page 108
■ “To Specify an STS on the Client Side” on page 109

▼ To Create a Third-Party STS

Use the STS wizard to create an STS. When using the STS wizard, provide the name of the STS
implementation class. This class must extend
com.sun.xml.ws.security.trust.sts.BaseSTSImpl. After completing the steps of the
wizard, your application will contain a new service that is an STS and includes a provider
implementation class, STS WSDL, and a WSIT configuration file with a predefined set of
policies.

To use the STS wizard to create an STS, follow these steps.

1 Create a new project for the STS by selecting File→New Project.

2 Select Web, then Web Application, then Next.

3 Type a Project Name. Click Finish.

4 Right-click the STS Project, and select New, then select Other.

5 Select Web Services from the Categories list.

Chapter 7 • Using WSIT Security 105

Configuring A Secure Token Service (STS)

6 Select Secure Token Service (STS) from the File Type(s) list.

7 Click Next.

8 Type a name for the Web Service Class Name.

9 Type or select a name for the Package list.

10 Click Finish.
The IDE takes a while to create the STS. When created, it appears under the project’s Web
Services node as your_STSService, and the Java file appears in the right pane.

11 The STS wizard creates an implementation of the provider class.

12 Back in the Projects window, expand the STS project folder, expand the Web Services node,
right-click on the web service, and select Edit Web Service Attributes to configure the STS.

13 Make sure Secure Service is selected.

14 Select a Security Mechanism that is NOT one of the STS mechanisms. The example application
uses Username Authentication with Symmetric Key.

15 Select the Configure button. For the Algorithm Suite option, specify a value that matches the
value of the web service. Set the Key Size to 128 if you have not configured Unlimited Strength
Encryption. Select OK to close the configuration dialog.

Note – Some of the algorithm suite settings require that Unlimited Strength Encryption be
configured in the Java Runtime Environment (JRE), particularly the algorithm suites that use
256 bit encryption. Instructions for downloading and configuring unlimited strength
encryption can be found at the following URLS:

http://java.sun.com/products/jce/javase.html

http://java.sun.com/javase/downloads/index_jdk5.jsp#docs

16 Make sure Act as Secure Token Service (STS) is selected.

The default values will create a valid STS.

106 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Configuring A Secure Token Service (STS)

Optionally, you can change the following configuration options by clicking the Configure
button:
■ Issuer: Specify an identifier for the issuer for the issued token. This value can be any string
that uniquely identifies the STS, for example, MySTS.
■ Contract Implementation Class: Specify the actual implementation class for the
WSTrustContract interface that will handle token issuance, validation, and the like. Default
value is com.sun.xml.ws.trust.impl.IssueSamlTokenContractImpl for issuing SAML
assertions, or click Browse to browse to another contract implementation class.
■ Life Time of Issued Tokens: The life span of the token issued by the STS. Default value is
300,000 ms.
■ Encrypt Issued Key: Select this option if the issued key should be encrypted using the
service certificate. Default is true.
■ Encrypt Issued Token: Select this option if the issued token should be encrypted using the
service certificate. Default is false.
Optionally, to add one or more Service Providers that have a trust relationship with the STS,
click the Add button, and specify the following configuration options:
■ Provider Endpoint URI: The endpoint URI of the service provider.
■ Certificate Alias: The alias of the certificate of the service provider in the keystore.
■ Token Type: The type of token the service provider requires, for example,
urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML1.0:assertion.
■ Key Type: The type of key the service provider requires. The choices are public key or
symmetric key. Symmetric key cryptography relies on a shared secret and is usually faster
than public key cryptography. Public key cryptography relies on a key that is made public to
all and is primarily used for encryption but can be used for verifying signatures.

17 Click OK to close the Select STS Service Provider dialog, if open.

18 Click OK to close the STS Configuration dialog, if open.

19 Click the Keystore button to configure the keystore.

If you are using the GlassFish stores, click the Load Aliases button and select wssip. Otherwise,
browse to the location of your keystore and enter the relevant information.
Click OK to close the dialog.

20 Right-click the STS Project and select Properties. Select the Run category, and type the
following in the Relative URL field: /your_STSService?wsdl.

21 Run the Project (right-click the Project and select Run). The STS WSDL displays in a browser
window.

Chapter 7 • Using WSIT Security 107

Configuring A Secure Token Service (STS)

▼ To Specify an STS on the Service Side

This section discusses how to specify a Security Token Service that can be referenced by the
service. On the service side, you select a security mechanism that includes STS in its title.

The STS itself is secured using a separate (non-STS) security mechanism. The security
configuration of the client-side of this application is dependent upon the security mechanism
selected for the STS, and not on the security mechanism selected for the application.

To specify an STS for the web service, follow these steps.

1 Right-click the node for the web service you want to secure.

2 Select Edit Web Service Attributes.

3 Select Secure Service.

4 Select a Security Mechanism that specifies STS from the list.

5 Click Configure to specify the STS information.

6 Type the Issuer Address and/or Issuer Metadata Address.

When the Issuer Address and the Metadata values are the same, you only need to type the Issuer
Address. For the example application, the Issuer Address would be
http://localhost:8080/MySTSProject/MySTSService.

7 Set the Algorithm Suite value so that the algorithm suite value of the service matches the
algorithm suite value of the STS. Select 128 if you have not installed Unlimited Strength
Encryption.

8 Click OK to close the dialog.

9 Click OK.
A new file is added to the project. To view the WSIT configuration file, expand Web
Pages→WEB-INF, then double-click the file wsit-package-name.service-name.xml and select
the Source page.

10 Right-click the project node and select Run to compile the application and deploy it onto
GlassFish. A browser will open and display the WSDL file for the application.

108 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Configuring A Secure Token Service (STS)

▼ To Specify an STS on the Client Side

Once you've determined whether the an STS is required to be configured on the client side (see
“Summary of Client-Side Configuration Requirements” on page 70), configure the client Secure
Token Service options. To configure the client-side STS, follow these steps.

1 In the Projects window, expand the node for the web services client.

2 Expand the Web Service References node.

3 Right-click the node for the web service reference for which you want to configure security
options.

4 Select Edit Web Service Attributes.

5 When the Web Service References Attributes Editor is opened, select the Quality of Service tab.

6 Provide the client’s private key by pointing to an alias in the keystore. For development
purposes, click the Keystore button, click the Load Aliases button, and select
xws-security-client from the Alias list.

7 Provide the service’s certificate by pointing to an alias in the client truststore. For development
purposes, click the Truststore button,, click the Load Aliases button for the truststore and select
xws-security-server from the Alias list.

■ In some instances, NetBeans will not detect that this client is a JSR-196 client, and thus will
require that the keystore and truststore entries be manually configured. To do this, follow
the steps in this section.

■ Expand the client project node, then expand Source Packages→META-INF.

■ Double-click <service-project>..xml to open it in the Source window. Click the Source tab to
view the code. Find the sc:KeyStore and sc:TrustStore elements. If these elements
contain parameters for location and storepass, then just continue to the next section. If not,
add these attributes to this file. The following code shows an example of how these
elements could be specified.
<sc:TrustStore wspp:visibility="private"
location="<GF_HOME>\glassfish\domains\domain1\config\cacerts.jks"
storepass="changeit" peeralias="xws-security-server"/>
<sc:KeyStore wspp:visibility="private"
location="<GF_HOME>\glassfish\domains\domain1\config\cacerts.jks"
storepass="changeit" alias="xws-security-client"/>

8 Expand the Security Token Service node to provide details for the STS to be used. When the
Endpoint and the Metadata values are the same, you only need to enter the Endpoint value. For

Chapter 7 • Using WSIT Security 109

Configuring A Secure Token Service (STS)

the example application you would enter the following value in the Endpoint field:
http://localhost:8080/MySTSProject/MySTSService.
The Endpoint field is a mandatory field. Depending on how you plan to configure the STS, you
can provide either Metadata information or information regarding the WSDL Location, Service
Name, Port Name and Namespace. The examples following this section describe a few potential
STS configurations.

9 Click OK to close this dialog.

10 The service requires a token to be issued from the STS, which, for the example, is
http://localhost:8080/MySTSProject/MySTSService, with WSDL file
http://localhost:8080/MySTSProject/MySTSService?wsdl. To do this, follow these steps:

a. Right-click the web service client project node and select New→Web Service Client.
The New Web Service Client window appears.

b. Select the WSDL URL option.

c. Cut and paste the URL of the web service that you want the client to consume into the WSDL
URL field. For the tutorial example, the URL for the MySTS web servicen is:
http://localhost:8080/MySTSProject/MySTSService?wsdl

d. Type the package name, for example, org.me.calculator.client.sts, into the Package
field, then click Finish.
The Projects window displays the new web service client.

11 Drill down from the web service client project node to the Web Service References node.

12 Right-click the node for the STS service, and select Edit Web Service Attributes.

13 Select the Quality of Service tab.

14 Provide the client’s private key by pointing to an alias in the keystore. For development
purposes, click the Keystore button, click the Load Aliases button, and select
xws-security-client from the Alias list.

15 Verify the STS’s certificate by pointing to an alias in the client truststore. For development
purposes, click the Truststore button,, click the Load Aliases button and select wssip from the
Alias list.

■ In some instances, NetBeans will not detect that this client is a JSR-196 client, and thus will
require that the keystore and truststore entries be manually configured. To do this, follow
the steps in this section.

110 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Configuring A Secure Token Service (STS)

■ Expand the web services client project node, then Source Packages→META-INF.

■ Double-click <sts-service>.xml to open it in the Source window. Click the Source tab to view
the code. Find the sc:KeyStore and sc:TrustStore elements. If these elements contain
parameters for location and storepass, then just continue to the next section. If not, add
these attributes to this file. The following code shows an example of how these elements
could be specified.
<sc:TrustStore wspp:visibility="private"
location="<GF_HOME>\glassfish\domains\domain1\config\cacerts.jks"
storepass="changeit" peeralias="wssip"/>
<sc:KeyStore wspp:visibility="private"
location="<GF_HOME>\glassfish\domains\domain1\config\cacerts.jks"
storepass="changeit" alias="xws-security-client"/>

16 Enter the default user name and password.

If you followed the steps in “Adding Users to GlassFish” on page 86, this will be User Name
wsitUser and Password changeit.

17 Click OK to close this dialog.

18 Compile and run this application by right-clicking the web services client project and selecting
Run.

Example 7–1 Endpoint with Metadata

■ Endpoint: http://131.107.72.15/ Security_Federation_SecurityTokenService_Indigo/
Symmetric.svc/ Scenario_5_IssuedTokenForCertificate_MutualCertificate11
■ Metadata: http://131.107.72.15// Security_Federation_SecurityTokenService_Indigo/
Symmetric.svc

Example 7–2 Endpoint with WSDL Location, Service Name, Port Name, and Namespacei
■ Endpoint: http://131.107.72.15/ Security_Federation_SecurityTokenService_Indigo/
Symmetric.svc/ Scenario_5_IssuedTokenForCertificate_MutualCertificate11
■ WSDL Location: http://131.107.72.15//
Security_Federation_SecurityTokenService_Indigo/ Symmetric.svc?wsdl
■ Service Name: MySTSService
■ Port Name: CustomBinding_IMySTSService
■ Namespace: http://tempuri.org/

Chapter 7 • Using WSIT Security 111

Example Applications

Example Applications
The following example applications demonstrate configuring web services and web service
clients for different security mechanisms. If you are going to work through the examples
sequentially, you must manually undo the changes to the service and then refresh the client in
order for the client to receive the most recent version of the service’s WSDL file, which contains
the latest security configuration information.
■ “Example: Username Authentication with Symmetric Key (UA)” on page 112
■ “Example: Mutual Certificates Security (MCS)” on page 114
■ “Example: Transport Security (SSL)” on page 116
■ “Example: SAML Authorization over SSL (SA)” on page 119
■ “Example: SAML Sender Vouches with Certificates (SV)” on page 123
■ “Example: STS Issued Token (STS)” on page 126
■ “Example: Kerberos Token (Kerb)” on page 132

Example: Username Authentication with Symmetric

Key (UA)
The section describes the following tasks:
■ “To Secure the Example Service Application (UA)” on page 112
■ “To Secure the Example Web Service Client Application (UA)” on page 113

▼ To Secure the Example Service Application (UA)

The following example application starts with the example provided in Chapter 3, “WSIT
Example Using a Web Container and NetBeans IDE,” and demonstrates adding security to both
the web service and to the web service client.

For this example, the security mechanism of “Username Authentication with Symmetric Key”
on page 77 is used to secure the application. To add security to the service part of the example,
follow these steps.

1 Create the CalculatorApplication example by following the steps described in the following
sections of Chapter 3,“WSIT Example Using a Web Container and NetBeans IDE.”

a. “Creating a Web Service”on page 40

b. Skip the section on adding Reliable Messaging.

c. “Deploying and Testing a Web Service”on page 44 (first two steps only, do not run the
project yet)

112 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Example Applications

2 Expand CalculatorApplication→Web Services, then right-click the node for the web service
(CalculatorWS) and select Edit Web Service Attributes.

3 Deselect Reliable Messaging if it is selected.

4 In the CalculatorWSPortBinding section, select Secure Service.

5 From the drop-down list for Security Mechanism, select Username Authentication with
Symmetric Key.

6 Select Use Development Defaults to set up the keystore and truststore files, and to create a user
for this application, if needed.

7 Click OK to close the CalculatorWSService dialog.

A new file is added to the project. To view the WSIT configuration file, expand Web
Pages→WEB-INF, then double-click the file wsit-org.me.calculator.CalculatorWS.xml.
This file contains the security elements within wsp:Policy tags.
An example of this file can be viewed in the tutorial by clicking this link: “Service-Side WSIT
Configuration Files” on page 139.

8 Right-click the CalculatorApplication node and select Run. A browser will open and display the
WSDL file for the application.

9 Follow the steps to secure the client application as described in “To Secure the Example Web
Service Client Application (UA)”on page 113.

▼ To Secure the Example Web Service Client Application (UA)

This section demonstrates adding security to the web service client that references the web
service created in the previous section. This web service is secured using the security
mechanism described in “Username Authentication with Symmetric Key” on page 77. When
this security mechanism is used with a web service, the web service client must provide a
username and password in addition to specifying the certificate of the server.
To add security to the client that references this web service, complete the following steps.

1 Create the client application by following the steps described in “Creating a Client to Consume a
WSIT-Enabled Web Service”on page 45.

Note – Whenever you make changes on the service, refresh the client so that the client will pick
up the change. To refresh the client, right-click the node for the Web Service Reference for the
client, and select Refresh Client.

2 Expand the node for the web service client application, CalculatorWSServletClient.

Chapter 7 • Using WSIT Security 113

Example Applications

3 Expand the Web Service References node.

4 Right-click on CalculatorWSService, select Edit Web Service Attributes.

5 In the Security section of the Quality of Service tab, select Use Development Defaults. Click OK
to close.

Note – By default, the user name of wsitUser and the password of changeit will be entered in this
section. If the example doesn't run, make sure that you have a user with this name and password
set up in the file realm of the Application Server or GlassFish, as described in “Adding Users to
GlassFish” on page 86.

6 If you'd like to, in the tree, drill down from the project to Source Packages→META-INF.
Double-click on CalculatorWSService.xml, and verify that lines similar to the following are
present:
<wsp:All>
<sc:TrustStore wspp:visibility="private"
location="<GF_HOME>\glassfish\domains\domain1\config\cacerts.jks"
storepass="changeit" peeralias="xws-security-server"/>
<sc:CallbackHandlerConfiguration wspp:visibility="private">
<sc:CallbackHandler default="wsitUser" name="usernameHandler"/>
<sc:CallbackHandler default="changeit" name="passwordHandler"/>
</sc:CallbackHandlerConfiguration>
</wsp:All>
By selecting Use Development Defaults when securing the service, these values are
automatically generated for you.
An example of this file can be viewed in the tutorial by clicking this link: “Client-Side WSIT
Configuration Files” on page 142.

7 Right-click the CalculatorWSServletClient node and select Run. The result of the add operation
will display in a browser window.

Example: Mutual Certificates Security (MCS)

The section describes the following tasks:
■ “To Secure the Example Service Application (MCS)” on page 114
■ “To Secure the Example Web Service Client Application (MCS)” on page 115

▼ To Secure the Example Service Application (MCS)

The following example application starts with the example provided in Chapter 3, “WSIT
Example Using a Web Container and NetBeans IDE,” and demonstrates adding security to both
the web service and to the web service client.

114 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Example Applications

For this example, the security mechanism of “Mutual Certificates Security” on page 77 is used to
secure the application. To add security to the service part of the example, follow these steps.

1 Create the CalculatorApplication example by following the steps described in the following
sections of Chapter 3,“WSIT Example Using a Web Container and NetBeans IDE.”

a. “Creating a Web Service”on page 40

b. Skip the section on adding Reliable Messaging.

c. “Deploying and Testing a Web Service”on page 44 (first two steps only, do not run the
project yet)

2 Expand CalculatorApplication→Web Services, then right-click the node for the web service,
CalculatorWS, and select Edit Web Service Attributes.

3 Deselect Reliable Messaging if it is selected.

4 Select Secure Service.

5 From the drop-down list for Security Mechanism, select Mutual Certificates Security.

6 Select Use Development Defaults.

7 Click OK to close the dialog.

A new file is added to the project. To view the WSIT configuration file, expand Web
Pages→WEB-INF, then double-click the file wsit-org.me.calculator.CalculatorWS.xml.
This file contains the security elements within wsp:Policy tags.

8 Right-click the CalculatorApplication node and select Run.

A browser will open and display the WSDL file for the application.

9 Verify that the WSDL file contains the AsymmetricBinding element.

10 Follow the steps to secure the client application as described in “To Secure the Example Web
Service Client Application (MCS)”on page 115.

▼ To Secure the Example Web Service Client Application (MCS)

This section demonstrates adding security to the web service client that references the web
service created in the previous section. This web service is secured using the security
mechanism described in “Mutual Certificates Security” on page 77.

To add security to the client that references this web service, complete the following steps.

Chapter 7 • Using WSIT Security 115

Example Applications

1 Create the client application following the steps described in “Creating a Client to Consume a
WSIT-Enabled Web Service”on page 45.

Note – Whenever you make changes on the service, refresh the client so that the client will pick
up the change. To refresh the client, right-click the node for the Web Service Reference for the
client, and select Refresh Client.

2 If you'd like, in the tree, drill down from the project to Source Packages→META-INF.
Double-click on CalculatorWSService.xml, click the Source tab, and look at the section in the
section <wsp:All> to see the WSIT code that has been added to this configuration file.

3 Compile and run this application by right-clicking the CalculatorWSServletClient node and
selecting Run. The result of the add operation will display in a browser window.

Example: Transport Security (SSL)

This section describes the following tasks:
■ “To Secure the Example Service Application (SSL)” on page 116
■ “To Secure the Example Web Service Client Application (SSL)” on page 118

▼ To Secure the Example Service Application (SSL)

The following example application starts with the example provided in Chapter 3, “WSIT
Example Using a Web Container and NetBeans IDE,” and demonstrates adding transport
security to both the web service and to the web service client.

For this example, the security mechanism of “Transport Security (SSL)” on page 77 is used to
secure the application. To add security to the service part of the example, follow these steps.

1 Create the CalculatorApplication example by following the steps described in the following
sections of Chapter 3,“WSIT Example Using a Web Container and NetBeans IDE,”:

a. “Creating a Web Service”on page 40

b. Skip the section on adding Reliable Messaging.

c. “Deploying and Testing a Web Service”on page 44 (first two steps only, do not run the
project yet)

2 Expand CalculatorApplication→Web Services, then right-click the node for the web service,
CalculatorWS, and select Edit Web Service Attributes.

3 Deselect Reliable Messaging if it is selected.

116 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Example Applications

4 Select Secure Service.

5 From the drop-down list for Security Mechanism, select Transport Security (SSL).

6 Select Use Development Defaults.

7 Click OK to close the dialog.

A new file is added to the project. To view the WSIT configuration file, expand Web
Pages→WEB-INF, then double-click the file wsit-org.me.calculator.CalculatorWS.xml.
This file contains the security elements within wsp:Policy tags.

8 To require the service to use the HTTPS protocol, security requirements must be specified in the
service’s application deployment descriptor, which is web.xml for a web service implemented as
a servlet. Selecting Use Development Defaults takes care of this task for you.
To view or change the security information, follow these steps:

a. From your web service application, expand Web Pages→WEB-INF.

b. Double-click web.xml to open it in the editor.

c. Select the Security tab.

d. Expand the Security Constraint named SSL transport for CalculatorWSService.

e. A Web Resource Collection named Secure Area contains the URL Pattern to be protected,
/CalculatorWSService//* and the HTTP Methods to be protected, , POST.

f. Unselect Enable Authentication Constraint if it is selected.

g. The Enable User Data Constraint box is checked and CONFIDENTIAL is chosen as the
Transport Guarantee to specify that the application uses SSL.

h. Click the XML tab to view the resulting deployment descriptor additions.

9 Right-click the CalculatorApplication node and select Run. If the server presents its certificate,
s1as, accept this certificate. A browser will open and display the WSDL file for the application.

10 Follow the steps to secure the client application as described in “To Secure the Example Web
Service Client Application (SSL)”on page 118.

Chapter 7 • Using WSIT Security 117

Example Applications

▼ To Secure the Example Web Service Client Application (SSL)

This section demonstrates adding security to the web service client that references the web
service created in the previous section. This web service is secured using the security
mechanism described in “Transport Security (SSL)” on page 77.

To add security to the client that references this web service, complete the following steps.

1 Create the client application by following the steps described in “Creating a Client to Consume a
WSIT-Enabled Web Service”on page 45, with the exception that you need to specify the secure
WSDL when creating the Web Service Client.
To do this, create the client application up to the step where you create the Servlet (step 7 as of
this writing) by following the steps described in “Creating a Client to Consume a
WSIT-Enabled Web Service” on page 45, with the following exception.
In the step where you are directed to cut and paste the URL of the web service that you want the
client to consume into the WSDL URL field, type
https://fully-qualified-hostname:8181/CalculatorApplication/CalculatorWSService?
wsdl (changes indicated in bold) to indicate that this client should reference the web service
using the secure port. The first time you access this service, accept the certificate (s1as) when
you are prompted. This is the server certificate popping up to confirm its identity to the client.
In some cases, you might get an error dialog telling you that the URL
https://fully-qualified-hostname:8181/CalculatorApplication/CalculatorWSService?
wsdl couldn’t be downloaded. However, this the correct URL, and it does load when you run
the service. So, when this error occurs, repeat the steps that create the Web Service Client using
the secure WSDL. The second time, the web service reference is created and you can continue
creating the client.

Note – If you prefer to use localhost in place of the fully-qualified hostname (FQHN) in this
example, you must follow the steps in “Transport Security (SSL) Workaround” on page 78.

2 Continue creating the client following the remainder of the instructions in “Creating a Client to
Consume a WSIT-Enabled Web Service”on page 45.

Note – Some users are working through this document and just making the recommended
changes and refreshing the client. For this example, you must create a new client so that you can
specify the secure WSDL to create the correct setup for the client.

Whenever you make changes on the service, refresh the client so that the client will pick up the
change. To refresh the client, right-click the node for the Web Service Reference for the client,
and select Refresh Client.

3 Compile and run this application by right-clicking on the CalculatorWSServletClient node and
selecting Run. The result of the add operation will display in a browser window.

118 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Example Applications

Example: SAML Authorization over SSL (SA)

This section describes the following tasks:
■ “To Secure the Example Service Application (SA)” on page 119
■ “To Secure the Example Web Service Client Application (SA)” on page 120

▼ To Secure the Example Service Application (SA)

The following example application starts with the example provided in Chapter 3, “WSIT
Example Using a Web Container and NetBeans IDE,” and demonstrates adding security to both
the web service and to the web service client.
For this example, the security mechanism of “SAML Authorization over SSL” on page 79 is used
to secure the application. The steps are similar to the ones described in “Example: Username
Authentication with Symmetric Key (UA)” on page 112, with the addition of the writing of a
client-side SAML callback handler to populate the client’s request with a SAML assertion.
To add security to the service part of the example, follow these steps.

1 Create the CalculatorApplication example by following the steps described in the following
sections of Chapter 3,“WSIT Example Using a Web Container and NetBeans IDE,”:

a. “Creating a Web Service”on page 40

b. Skip the section on adding Reliable Messaging.

c. “Deploying and Testing a Web Service”on page 44 (first two steps only, do not run the
project yet)

2 Expand CalculatorApplication→Web Services, right-click the node for the web service,
CalculatorWS, and select Edit Web Service Attributes.

3 Deselect the Reliable Messaging option if it is selected.

4 Select Secure Service.

5 From the drop-down list for Security Mechanism, select SAML Authorization over SSL.

6 Select Use Development Defaults to have the web.xml file modified to include a security
constraint that forces the use of SSL.

7 Click OK to exit the editor.

A new file is added to the project. To view the WSIT configuration file, expand Web
Pages→WEB-INF, then double-click the file wsit-org.me.calculator.CalculatorWS.xml.
This file contains the security elements within wsp:Policy tags.

Chapter 7 • Using WSIT Security 119

Example Applications

8 To require the service to use the HTTPS protocol, security requirements must be specified in the
service’s application deployment descriptor, which is web.xml for a web service implemented as
a servlet. Selecting Use Development Defaults takes care of this task for you.
To view or change the security information in the deployment descriptor, follow these steps:

a. From your web service application, expand Web Pages→WEB-INF.

b. Double-click web.xml to open it in the editor.

c. Select the Security tab.

d. Expand the Security Constraint named SSL transport for CalculatorWSService.

e. A Web Resource Collection named Secure Area contains the URL Pattern to be protected,
/CalculatorWSService//* and the HTTP Methods to be protected, , POST.

f. Unselect Enable Authentication Constraint if it is selected.

g. The Enable User Data Constraint box is checked and CONFIDENTIAL is chosen as the
Transport Guarantee to specify that the application uses SSL.

h. Click the XML tab to view the resulting deployment descriptor additions.

9 Right-click the CalculatorApplication node and select Run. Accept the s1as certificate if you are
prompted to. A browser will open and display the WSDL file for the application.

10 Follow the steps to secure the client application as described in “To Secure the Example Web
Service Client Application (SA)”on page 120.

▼ To Secure the Example Web Service Client Application (SA)

This section demonstrates adding security to the web service client that references the web
service created in the previous section. This web service is secured using the security
mechanism described in “SAML Authorization over SSL” on page 79.

To add security to the client that references this web service, complete the following steps.

1 This example uses a non-JSR-109-compliant client for variety. To do this, create the client
application up to the step where you create the Servlet (step 7 as of this writing) by following
the steps described in “Creating a Client to Consume a WSIT-Enabled Web Service”on page 45,
with the following exceptions:

a. In the step where you are directed to cut and paste the URL of the web service that you want
the client to consume into the WSDL URL field, type

120 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Example Applications

https://fully-qualified-hostname:8181/CalculatorApplication/CalculatorWSService?wsdl,
to indicate that this client should reference the web service using the secure port.
The first time you access this service, accept the certificate (s1as) when you are prompted.
This is the server certificate popping up to confirm its identity to the client.
In some cases, you might get an error dialog telling you that the URL
https://fully-qualified-hostname:8181/CalculatorApplication/CalculatorWSService?wsdl
couldn’t be downloaded. However, this the correct URL, and it does load when you run the
service. So, when this error occurs, repeat the steps that create the Web Service Client using
the secure WSDL. The second time, the web service reference is created and you can
continue creating the client.

Note – If you prefer to use localhost in place of the fully-qualified hostname (FQHN) in this
example, follow the steps in “Transport Security (SSL) Workaround” on page 78.

b. Name the application CalculatorClient (since it’s not a servlet.).

2 Instead of creating a client servlet as is described in “Creating a Client to Consume a

WSIT-Enabled Web Service”on page 45, just add the web service operation to the generated
index.jsp file to create a non-JSR-109 client. To do this, perform these steps:

a. If the index.jsp file is not open in the right pane, expand Web Pages, then double-click
index.jsp to open it.

b. Drill down through the Web Service References node until you get to the add operation.

c. Drag the add operation to the line immediately following the following line:
<body>

d. Edit the values for i and j if you’d like.

3 Write a SAMLCallback handler for the client side to populate a SAML assertion into the client’s
request to the service.
To create the SAMLCallbackHandler, follow these steps:

a. Right-click the CalculatorClient node.

b. Select New→Java Package.

c. For Package Name, type xwss.saml and click Finish.

d. Drill down from CalculatorClient→Source Packages→xwss.saml.

e. Right-click xwss.saml and select New→Other.

Chapter 7 • Using WSIT Security 121

Example Applications

f. From the Categories list, select Java.

g. From the File Types list, select Empty Java File and click Next.

h. For Class Name, type SamlCallbackHandler and click Finish.

The empty file appears in the IDE.

i. Download the example file SamlCallbackHandler.java from the following URL:

https://xwss.dev.java.net/
servlets/ProjectDocumentList?folderID=6645[amp ]expandFolder=6645[amp
]folderID=6645

j. Open the file in a text editor.

k. Modify the home variable to provide the hard-coded path to your GlassFish installation.
For example, modify the line:
String home = System.getProperty("WSIT_HOME");

to

String home = "/home/glassfish";

l. Copy the contents of this file into the SamlCallbackHandler.java window that is displaying
in the IDE.

4 Drill down from CalculatorClient→Web Service References.

5 Right-click CalculatorWSService and select Edit Web Service Attributes.

6 Select the Quality of Service tab of the CalculatorWSService dialog.

7 Unselect Use Development Defaults.

8 Enter the name of the SAML Callback Handler written earlier in this section,
xwss.saml.SamlCallbackHandler, into the SAML Callback Handler field.

9 Click OK to close this dialog.

10 To view the WSIT Configuration options, in the tree, drill down from the project to Source
Packages→META-INF. Double-click CalculatorWSService.xml, click the Source tab, and look
for the lines where xwss.saml.SamlCallbackHandler is specified as the SAML Callback Handler
class for the client.

122 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Example Applications

11 Compile and run this application by right-clicking the CalculatorClient node and selecting Run.
The result of the add operation will display in a browser window.

Example: SAML Sender Vouches with Certificates (SV)

This section describes the following tasks:
■ “To Secure the Example Service Application (SV)” on page 123
■ “To Secure the Example Web Service Client Application (SV)” on page 124

▼ To Secure the Example Service Application (SV)

The following example application starts with the example provided in Chapter 3, “WSIT
Example Using a Web Container and NetBeans IDE,” and demonstrates adding security to both
the web service and to the web service client.

For this example, the security mechanism of “SAML Sender Vouches with Certificates” on
page 80 is used to secure the application. The steps are similar to the ones described in
“Example: Username Authentication with Symmetric Key (UA)” on page 112, with the addition
of the writing of a client-side SAML callback handler to populate the client’s request with a
SAML assertion.

To add security to the service part of the example, follow these steps.

1 Create the CalculatorApplication example by following the steps described in the following
sections of Chapter 3,“WSIT Example Using a Web Container and NetBeans IDE,”:

a. “Creating a Web Service”on page 40

b. Skip the section on adding Reliable Messaging.

c. “Deploying and Testing a Web Service”on page 44 (first two steps only, do not run the
project yet)

2 Expand CalculatorApplication→Web Services, then right-click the node for the web service,
CalculatorWS, and select Edit Web Service Attributes.

3 Deselect the Reliable Messaging option if it is selected.

4 Select Secure Service.

5 From the drop-down list for Security Mechanism, select SAML Sender Vouches with Certificates.

6 Select Use Development Defaults. This step properly configures the keystore, truststore, and
default user for this security mechanism.

Chapter 7 • Using WSIT Security 123

Example Applications

7 Click OK.
A new file is added to the project. To view the WSIT configuration file, expand Web
Pages→WEB-INF, then double-click the file wsit-org.me.calculator.CalculatorWS.xml.
This file contains the security elements within wsp:Policy tags.

8 Right-click the CalculatorApplication node and select Run. Accept the s1as certificate if you are
prompted to.
A browser will open and display the WSDL file for the application.

9 Follow the steps to secure the client application as described in “To Secure the Example Web
Service Client Application (SV)”on page 124.

▼ To Secure the Example Web Service Client Application (SV)

This section demonstrates adding security to the web service client that references the web
service created in the previous section. This web service is secured using the security
mechanism described in “SAML Sender Vouches with Certificates” on page 80.

To add security to the client that references this web service, complete the following steps.

1 This example uses a non-JSR-109-compliant client. To do this, create the client application up to
the step where you create the Servlet (step 7 as of this writing) by following the steps described
in “Creating a Client to Consume a WSIT-Enabled Web Service”on page 45, with one exception:
name the application CalculatorClient (since it’s not a servlet.).

2 Instead of creating a client servlet as is described in “Creating a Client to Consume a

WSIT-Enabled Web Service”on page 45, just add the web service operation to the generated
index.jsp file to create a non-JSR-109 client. To do this, follow these steps:

a. If the index.jsp file is not open in the right pane, double-click it to open it.

b. Drill down through the Web Service References node until you get to the add operation.

c. Drag the add operation to the line immediately following the following line:
<body>

d. Edit the values for i and j if you’d like.

3 Write a SAMLCallback handler for the client side to populate a SAML assertion into the client’s
request to the service.
To create the SAMLCallbackHandler, follow these steps:

a. Right-click the CalculatorClient node.

124 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Example Applications

b. Select New→Java Package.

c. For Package Name, type xwss.saml and click Finish.

d. Drill down from CalculatorClient→Source Packages→xwss.saml.

e. Right-click xwss.saml and select New→Other.

f. From the Categories list, select Java.

g. From the File Types list, select Empty Java File and click Next.

h. For Class Name, type SamlCallbackHandler and click Finish.

The empty file appears in the IDE.

i. Download the example file SamlCallbackHandler.java from the following URL:

https://xwss.dev.java.net/
servlets/ProjectDocumentList?folderID=6645[amp ]expandFolder=6645[amp
]folderID=6645

j. Open the file in a text editor.

k. Modify the home variable to provide the hard-coded path to your GlassFish installation.
For example, modify the line:
String home = System.getProperty("WSIT_HOME");

to

String home = "/home/glassfish";

l. Copy the contents of this file into the SamlCallbackHandler.java window that is displaying
in the IDE.

4 Drill down from CalculatorClient→Web Service References.

5 Right-click on CalculatorWSService and select Edit Web Service Attributes.

6 Select the Quality of Service tab of the CalculatorWSService dialog.

7 In the SAML Callback Handler field, type the name of the class written in step 3 above,
xwss.saml.SamlCallbackHandler.

8 Click OK to close this dialog.

Chapter 7 • Using WSIT Security 125

Example Applications

9 In the tree, drill down from the project to Source Packages→META-INF. Double-click
CalculatorWSService.xml, click the Source tab, and look for that lines where
xwss.saml.SamlCallbackHandler is specified as the SAML Callback Handler class for the client.
In some instances, NetBeans will not correctly specify the keystore and truststore information
for non-JSR-196 clients, and thus will require that the keystore and truststore entries be
manually configured. To do this, follow the example in this section.

■ Find the sc:KeyStore and sc:TrustStore elements. If these elements contain parameters
for location and storepass, then just continue to the next step. If not, replace the existing
keystore and truststore attributes to include these parameters. The following code shows an
example of how these elements should be specified.
<sc:TrustStore wspp:visibility="private"
location="<GF_HOME>\glassfish\domains\domain1\config\cacerts.jks"
storepass="changeit" peeralias="xws-security-server"/>
<sc:KeyStore wspp:visibility="private"
location="<GF_HOME>\glassfish\domains\domain1\config\keystore.jks"
storepass="changeit" alias="xws-security-client"/>

10 Compile and run this application by right-clicking the CalculatorClient node and selecting Run.
The result of the add operation will display in a browser window.

Example: STS Issued Token (STS)

This section describes the following tasks:
■ “To Create and Secure the STS (STS)” on page 126
■ “To Secure the Example Service Application (STS)” on page 128
■ “To Secure the Example Web Service Client Application (STS)” on page 129

Another STS example application can be found at the following URL:

https://wsit.dev.java.net/source/browse/wsit/wsit/samples/ws-trust/.

▼ To Create and Secure the STS (STS)

To create and secure a Security Token Service for this example, follow these steps.

1 Create a new project for the STS by selecting File→New Project.

2 Select Web, then Web Application, then Next.

3 Type MySTSProject for the Project Name, then click Finish.

4 Right-click the MySTSProject node, select New, then select Other.

5 Select Web Services from the Categories list.

126 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Example Applications

6 Select Secure Token Service (STS) from the File Type(s) list, then click Next.

7 Type the name MySTS for the Web Service Class Name.

8 Enter or select org.me.my.sts in the Package field, then click Finish. If prompted to reload the
catalog.xml file, click No.
The IDE takes a while to create the STS. When created, it appears under the project’s Web
Services node as MySTSService.

9 The STS wizard creates an implementation of the provider class. To view it, expand Source
Packages, then org.me.my.sts. Double-click MySTS.java to open it in the right pane.

10 In the Projects window, expand the MySTSProject node, then expand the Web Services node.
Right-click the MySTSService[IMySTSService_Port] node and select Edit Web Service Attributes
to configure the STS.

11 Select Secure Service if it’s not already selected.

12 Verify that the Security Mechanism of Username Authentication with Symmetric Key is selected.

13 Select the Configure button. For Algorithm Suite, verify that Basic128 bit is selected (so that it
matches the value selected for the service.) Select OK to close the configuration dialog.

14 If not already selected, select Act as Secure Token Service (STS).

Note – If you'd like to use an STS other than the default, click the STS Configure button, and
click the Add button to add a different service provider. Click OK to close the STS
Configuration dialog.

15 Click Configure. In the Issuer field, enter MySTS. Click OK to close.

16 Click the Keystore button to provide your keystore with the alias identifying the service
certificate and private key. To do this, click the Load Aliases button, select wssip, then click OK to
close the dialog.

17 Click OK.
A new file is added to the project. To view the WSIT configuration file, expand Configuration
Files→xml-resources→web-services→MySTS→wsdl, then double-click the file
MySTSService.wsdl. This file contains the tc:STSConfiguration element within the
wsp:Policy elements..

18 Right-click the MySTSProject tab, select Properties. Select the Run category, and type the
following in the Relative URL field: /MySTSService?wsdl.

Chapter 7 • Using WSIT Security 127

Example Applications

19 Run the Project (right-click the project and select Run).

The STS WSDL appears in the browser.

Next Steps Follow the steps to secure the service application as described in “To Secure the Example
Service Application (STS)” on page 128.

▼ To Secure the Example Service Application (STS)

The following example application starts with the example provided in Chapter 3, “WSIT
Example Using a Web Container and NetBeans IDE,” and demonstrates adding security to both
the web service and to the web service client.

For this example, the security mechanism of “STS Issued Token” on page 81 is used to secure
the application. The steps are similar to the ones described in “Example: Username
Authentication with Symmetric Key (UA)” on page 112, with the addition of creating and
securing an STS.

To add security to the service part of the example, follow these steps.

1 Create the CalculatorApplication example by following the steps described in the following
sections of Chapter 3,“WSIT Example Using a Web Container and NetBeans IDE.”

a. “Creating a Web Service”on page 40

b. Skip the section on adding Reliable Messaging.

c. “Deploying and Testing a Web Service”on page 44 (first two steps only, do not run the
project yet).

2 Expand CalculatorApplication→Web Services, then right-click the node for the web service,
CalculatorWS, and select Edit Web Service Attributes.

3 Deselect the Reliable Messaging option if it is selected.

4 Select Secure Service.

5 From the drop-down list for Security Mechanism, select STS Issued Token.

6 Click Configure. For Issuer Address and Issuer Metadata Address, enter
http://localhost:8080/MySTSProject/MySTSService.

7 For Algorithm Suite, select Basic 128 bit. For Key Size, select 128 (the algorithm suite value of the
service must match the algorithm suite value of the STS). Select OK to close the configuration
dialog.

128 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Example Applications

Note – If you have configured Unlimited Strength Encryption as described in “To Create a
Third-Party STS” on page 105, you can leave the key size at 256. Otherwise, you must set it to
128.

8 Select Use Development Defaults.

9 Click OK.
A new file is added to the project. To view the WSIT configuration file, expand Web
Pages→WEB-INF, then double-click the file wsit-org.me.calculator.CalculatorWS.xml
and select the Source page. This file contains the security elements within wsp:Policy tags.

10 Right-click the CalculatorApplication node and select Run. This step compiles the application
and deploys it onto GlassFish. A browser will open and display the WSDL file for the application.

Next Steps Follow the steps for creating and securing the web service client applications as described in “To
Secure the Example Web Service Client Application (STS)” on page 129.

▼ To Secure the Example Web Service Client Application (STS)

This section demonstrates adding security to the CalculatorApplication’s web service client.
The service was secured using the security mechanism described in “STS Issued Token” on
page 81.

To add security to the web service client, complete the following steps.

1 Create the client application by following the steps described in “Creating a Client to Consume a
WSIT-Enabled Web Service”on page 45.

Note – Whenever you make changes on the service, refresh the client so that the client will pick
up the change. To refresh the client, right-click the node for the Web Service Reference for the
client, and select Refresh Client.

2 Drill down from CalculatorWSServletClient→Web Service References.

3 Right-click CalculatorWSService and select Edit Web Service Attributes, then select the Quality
of Service tab.

4 Provide the client’s private key by pointing to an alias in the keystore. To do this, click the
Keystore button, click the Load Aliases button, and select xws-security-client from the Alias
list.

Chapter 7 • Using WSIT Security 129

Example Applications

5 Provide the service’s certificate by pointing to an alias in the client truststore. To do this, click the
Truststore button,, click the Load Aliases button for the truststore and select
xws-security-server from the Alias list.

■ In some instances, NetBeans will not detect that this client is a JSR-196 client, and thus will
require that the keystore and truststore entries be manually configured. To do this, follow
the steps in this section.

■ Expand CalculatorWSServletClient→Source Packages→META-INF.

■ Double-click CalculatorWSService.xml to open it in the Source window. Click the Source tab
to view the code. Find the sc:KeyStore and sc:TrustStore elements. If these elements
contain parameters for location and storepass, then just continue to the next section. If not,
add these attributes to this file. The following code shows an example of how these
elements should be specified.
<sc:TrustStore wspp:visibility="private"
location="<GF_HOME>\glassfish\domains\domain1\config\cacerts.jks"
storepass="changeit" peeralias="xws-security-server"/>
<sc:KeyStore wspp:visibility="private"
location="<GF_HOME>\glassfish\domains\domain1\config\keystore.jks"
storepass="changeit" alias="xws-security-client"/>

6 Expand the Security Token Service node to provide details for the STS to be used. When the
Endpoint and the Metadata values are the same, you only need to enter the Endpoint value. For
the Endpoint field, enter the following value:
http://localhost:8080/MySTSProject/MySTSService.

7 Click OK to close this dialog.

8 The service requires a token to be issued from the STS at

http://localhost:8080/MySTSProject/MySTSService, with WSDL file
http://localhost:8080/MySTSProject/MySTSService?wsdl. To do this, follow these steps:

a. Right-click the CalculatorWSServletClient node and select New→Web Service Client.

The New Web Service Client window appears.

b. Select the WSDL URL option.

c. Cut and paste the URL of the web service that you want the client to consume into the WSDL
URL field. For this example, here is the URL for the MySTS web service:
http://localhost:8080/MySTSProject/MySTSService?wsdl

d. Type org.me.calculator.client.sts in the Package field, then click Finish.

The Projects window displays the new web service client.

130 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Example Applications

9 Drill down from CalculatorWSServletClient→Web Service References.

10 Right-click MySTSService and select Edit Web Service Attributes.

11 Select the Quality of Service tab of the MySTSService dialog.

12 Provide the client’s private key by pointing to an alias in the keystore. To do this, click the
Keystore button, click the Load Aliases button, and select xws-security-client from the Alias
list. If the Keystore button is not selectable, follow the instructions in the next step for adding
the keystore entry manually.

13 Verify the STS’s certificate by pointing to an alias in the client truststore. To do this, click the
Truststore button,, click the Load Aliases button and select wssip from the Alias list.

■ In some instances, NetBeans will not detect that this client is a JSR-196 client, and thus will
require that the keystore and truststore entries be manually configured. To do this, follow
the steps in this section.

■ Expand CalculatorWSServletClient→Source Packages→META-INF.

■ Double-click MySTSService.xml to open it in the Source window. Click the Source tab to view
the code. Find the sc:KeyStore and sc:TrustStore elements. If these elements contain
parameters for location and storepass, then just continue to the next section. If not, add
these attributes to this file. The following code shows an example of how these elements
should be specified.
<sc:TrustStore wspp:visibility="private"
location="<GF_HOME>\glassfish\domains\domain1\config\cacerts.jks"
storepass="changeit" peeralias="wssip"/>
<sc:KeyStore wspp:visibility="private"
location="<GF_HOME>\glassfish\domains\domain1\config\keystore.jks"
storepass="changeit" alias="xws-security-client"/>

14 Enter the default user name and password.

If you followed the steps in “Adding Users to GlassFish” on page 86, this will be User Name
wsitUser and Password changeit.

15 Click OK to close this dialog.

16 Compile and run this application by right-clicking the CalculatorWSServletClient project and
selecting Run. The result of the add operation will display in a browser window.

Chapter 7 • Using WSIT Security 131

Example Applications

Example: Kerberos Token (Kerb)

This section contains the steps for running a Kerberos Token Profile-based WS Security
scenario. Kerberos support is still experimental and is not supported in NetBeans IDE yet. This
example is provided to show you how to modify the NetBeans-generated XML configuration
files manually in order to use a Kerberos scenario. NetBeans support for Kerberos may come in
a future release.

For a blog discussing using Kerberos with WSIT, go to Running Kerberos Token Profile
scenario with Metro.

The section describes the following tasks:

■ “To Set Up Your System for Kerberos Profile” on page 132
■ “To Secure the Example Service Application (Kerb)” on page 132
■ “To Secure the Example Web Service Client Application (Kerb)” on page 135

▼ To Set Up Your System for Kerberos Profile

If your system is not already set up to use Kerberos, follow these steps.

1 Select this link to view a blog describing how to set up Kerberos on your system:
http://blogs.sun.com/ashutosh/entry/running_kerberos_token_profile_scenario.

2 Follow the steps in the section titled Setting Up Kerberos, and the first step in the section titled
Setting up Glassfish and Metro to run Kerberos Scenario.

▼ To Secure the Example Service Application (Kerb)

The following example application starts with the example provided in Chapter 3, “WSIT
Example Using a Web Container and NetBeans IDE,” and demonstrates adding security to both
the web service and to the web service client.

For this example, a Kerberos token is used to secure the application. To add security to the
service part of the example, follow these steps.

1 Create the CalculatorApplication example by following the steps described in the following
sections of Chapter 3,“WSIT Example Using a Web Container and NetBeans IDE.”

a. “Creating a Web Service”on page 40

b. Skip the section on adding Reliable Messaging.

c. “Deploying and Testing a Web Service”on page 44 (first two steps only, do not run the
project yet)

132 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Example Applications

2 Expand CalculatorApplication→Web Services, then right-click the node for the web service
(CalculatorWS) and select Edit Web Service Attributes.

3 Deselect Reliable Messaging if it is selected.

4 In the CalculatorWSPortBinding section, select Secure Service.

5 From the drop-down list for Security Mechanism, select Username Authentication with
Symmetric Key.

6 Select Use Development Defaults to set up the keystore and truststore files, and to create a user
for this application, if needed.

7 Click OK to close the CalculatorWSService dialog.

8 Expand Web Pages→WEB-INF, then double-click the file

wsit-org.me.calculator.CalculatorWS.xml to open it in the edit window.

9 Locate and replace the Binding level policy with the following policy. This section of code has
been formatted to fit the page.

Tip – Make sure that in your version, the section in bold, below, contains no whitespaces or
returns.

Note – Look for the KerberosConfig element, which points to the LoginModule to be used for
this service. Refer to the code provided in step 2 in the section titled Setting Up Glassfish and
Metro to run Kerberos Scenario, from the blog at
http://blogs.sun.com/ashutosh/entry/running_kerberos_token_profile_scenario.

<wsp:Policy wsu:Id="IFinancialService_policy">
<wsp:ExactlyOne>
<wsp:All>
<wsaws:UsingAddressing
xmlns:wsaws="http://www.w3.org/2006/05/addressing/wsdl"/>
<sp:SymmetricBinding>
<wsp:Policy>
<sp:ProtectionToken>
<wsp:Policy>
<sp:KerberosToken
sp:IncludeToken="http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/
ws/2005/07/
securitypolicy/IncludeToken/Once">
<wsp:Policy>

Chapter 7 • Using WSIT Security 133

Example Applications

<!--<sp:RequireDerivedKeys />-->
<sp:WssGssKerberosV5ApReqToken11/>
</wsp:Policy>
</sp:KerberosToken>
</wsp:Policy>
</sp:ProtectionToken>
<sp:Layout>
<wsp:Policy>
<sp:Strict/>
</wsp:Policy>
</sp:Layout>
<sp:IncludeTimestamp/>
<sp:OnlySignEntireHeadersAndBody/>
<sp:AlgorithmSuite>
<wsp:Policy>
<sp:Basic128/>
</wsp:Policy>
</sp:AlgorithmSuite>
</wsp:Policy>
</sp:SymmetricBinding>
<sp:Wss11>
<wsp:Policy>
<sp:MustSupportRefKeyIdentifier/>
<sp:MustSupportRefIssuerSerial/>
<sp:MustSupportRefThumbprint/>
<sp:MustSupportRefEncryptedKey/>
</wsp:Policy>
</sp:Wss11>
<sc:KerberosConfig xmlns:
sc="http://schemas.sun.com/2006/03/wss/server"
loginModule="KerberosServer"/>
</wsp:All>
</wsp:ExactlyOne>
</wsp:Policy>

10 Right-click the CalculatorApplication node and select Run. A browser will open and display the
WSDL file for the application.
If the application doesn't build, expand CalculatorApplication→Web Pages→WEB-INF, and
double-click web.xml to open it in the right pane. Select the Security tab, and remove any
existing security constraints. Then run the project again.

11 Follow the steps to secure the client application as described in “To Secure the Example Web
Service Client Application (Kerb)”on page 135.

134 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Further Information

▼ To Secure the Example Web Service Client Application (Kerb)

This section demonstrates adding security to the web service client that references the web
service created in the previous section. . When this security mechanism is used with a web
service, the web service client must provide a username and password in addition to specifying
the certificate of the server.

To add security to the client that references this web service, complete the following steps.

1 Create the client application by following the steps described in “Creating a Client to Consume a
WSIT-Enabled Web Service”on page 45.

Note – Whenever you make changes on the service, refresh the client so that the client will pick
up the change. To refresh the client, right-click the node for the Web Service Reference for the
client, and select Refresh Client.

Note – Because you are creating your web service client starting from a WSDL file, and because
the WSDL file already contains the Kerberos Profile, no further configuration is required.

Because of the missing tooling for specifying Kerberos Token Profile, do not configure any
WSIT configuration details using NetBeans IDE.

2 Drill down from the project to Source Packages→META-INF. Double-click on

CalculatorWSService.xml, select the Source tab, and replace the sc:Keystore and
sc:Truststore elements with an sc:KerberosConfig element. For example, in the following
line of code, replace the value for loginModule to the one you created for the client in the
login.conf file and replace the value for the servicePrincipal to the name of the service
principal for which a ticket needs to be obtained.
<sc:KerberosConfig wspp:visibility="private"
loginModule="KerberosClient" servicePrincipal="websvc/[email protected]"/>

3 Right-click the CalculatorWSServletClient node and select Run. The result of the add operation
will display in a browser window.

Further Information
For more information on securing web applications using WSIT, visit the Project Tango web
site at https://wsit.dev.java.net/. On this page, you will find information about the
specifications implemented in this product, source code, support information, links to
documentation updates, and much more.

Chapter 7 • Using WSIT Security 135

Further Information

Some other sources that contain blogs and/or screencasts about using WSIT include the
following:
■ Sun WSIT Bloggers:
http://planet.sun.com/webservices/group/blogs/
■ Project Tango: An Overview:
https://wsit.dev.java.net/docs/tango-overview.pdf
■ Web Services blog:
http://blogs.sun.com/arungupta/category/webservices
■ Manual Web Service Configuration In From Java Case (and others):
http://blogs.sun.com/japod/date/20070226
■ Develop WSTrust Application Using NetBeans (and others):
http://blogs.sun.com/shyamrao/
■ Security in WSIT (and others):
http://blogs.sun.com/ashutosh/
■ WSIT Screencasts:
https://metro.dev.java.net/discover/screencasts.htm
■ Specifications Implemented by WSIT:
https://wsit.dev.java.net/specification-links.html

136 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 8
C H A P T E R 8

WSIT Security Features: Advanced Topics

This chapter provides additional information about WSIT security features in NetBeans
Integrated Development Environment (“the IDE”).

This chapter covers the following topics:

■ “Using Security Mechanisms” on page 137
■ “Understanding WSIT Configuration Files” on page 138
■ “Security Mechanism Configuration Options” on page 145

Using Security Mechanisms

The security mechanism that you need to select reflects the commonly available infrastructure
between your organization and another organization with which you will be communicating.
The following list provides some common communication issues that need to be addressed
using security mechanisms:
■ Asymmetric binding is used for message protection. This binding has two binding specific
token properties: the initiator token and the recipient token. If the message pattern requires
multiple messages, this binding defines that the initiator token is used for the message
signature from initiator to the recipient, and for encryption from recipient to initiator. The
recipient token is used for encryption from initiator to recipient, and for the message
signature from recipient to initiator.
■ Some organizations have a Kerberos infrastructure, while other organizations have a PKI
infrastructure (asymmetric binding). WS-Trust allows two communicating parties having
different security infrastructure to communicate securely with one another. In this scenario,
the client authenticates with a third party (STS) using its infrastructure. The STS returns a
(digitally-signed) SAML token containing authorization and authentication information
regarding the client, along with a key. The client then simply relays the token to the server
and uses the STS-supplied key to ensure integrity and confidentiality of the messages sent to
the server.

137
Understanding WSIT Configuration Files

Note – Kerberos is not supported in this release.

■ Symmetric binding is used for message protection. This binding has two binding specific
token properties: encryption token and signature token. If the message pattern requires
multiple messages, this binding defines that the encryption token used from initiator to
recipient is also used from recipient to initiator. Similarly, the signature token used from
initiator to recipient is also used from recipient to initiator.
In some cases, the client does not have its own certificates. In this case, the client can choose
a security mechanism that makes use of symmetric binding and could use a Username token
as a signed supporting token for authentication with the server. The symmetric binding in
this case serves the purpose of integrity and confidentiality protection.
■ In the absence of a notion of secure session, the client would have to reauthenticate with the
server upon every request. In this situation, if the client is sending a Username token, the
client will be asked for its username and password on each request, or, if the client is sending
a certificate, the validity of the certificate has to be established with every request. This is
expensive! Enable Secure Conversation to remove the requirement for re-authentication.
■ The use of the same session key (Secure Conversation) for repeated message exchanges is
sometimes considered a risk. To reduce that risk, enable Require Derived Keys.
■ RSA Signatures (signatures with public-private keys) is more expensive than Symmetric Key
signatures. Use the Secure Conversation option to enable Symmetric Key signatures.
■ Enabling WSS 1.1 enables an encrypted key generated by the client to be reused by the server
in the response to the client. This saves the time otherwise required to create a Symmetric
Key, encrypt it with the client public key (which is also an expensive RSA operation), and
transmit the encrypted key in the message (it occupies markup and requires Base64
operations).

Understanding WSIT Configuration Files

When a web service or a web service client are configured for WSIT features, this information is
saved in WSIT Configuration files. The following sections discuss the WSIT configuration files
for the service and for the client:
■ “Service-Side WSIT Configuration Files” on page 139
■ “Client-Side WSIT Configuration Files” on page 142

138 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Understanding WSIT Configuration Files

Service-Side WSIT Configuration Files

WSIT features are configured on a web service in the following way:
1. Right-click the web service in NetBeans IDE.
2. Select Edit Web Service Attributes.
3. Select and/or configure the appropriate WSIT features on the WSIT Configuration tab for
the web service. Many of the WSIT features are discussed in Chapter 7, “Using WSIT
Security.”
4. Select OK to close the dialog.
5. Run the web application by right-clicking the project node and selecting Run Project.

The service-side WSIT Configuration file that is used when the web service is deployed can be
viewed by expanding the Web Pages→WEB-INF elements of the application in the tree, and
then double-clicking the wsit-package.service.xml file to open it in the editor.

For the example application “Example: Username Authentication with Symmetric Key (UA)”
on page 112, the WSIT configuration file for the service is named
wsit-org.me.calculator.CalculatorWS.xml, and looks like this:

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>

<definitions
xmlns="http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/wsdl/"
xmlns:wsdl="http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/wsdl/"
xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema"
xmlns:soap="http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/wsdl/soap/"
name="CalculatorWSService"
targetNamespace="http://calculator.me.org/"
xmlns:tns="http://calculator.me.org/"
xmlns:wsp="http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/ws/2004/09/policy"
xmlns:wsu=
"http://docs.oasis-open.org/wss/2004/01/oasis-200401-wss-wssecurity-utility-1.0.xsd"
xmlns:wsaws="http://www.w3.org/2005/08/addressing"
xmlns:sp="http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/ws/2005/07/securitypolicy"
xmlns:sc="http://schemas.sun.com/2006/03/wss/server"
xmlns:wspp="http://java.sun.com/xml/ns/wsit/policy"
xmlns:t="http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/ws/2005/02/trust"
xmlns:wsrm="http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/ws/2005/02/rm/policy"
>
<message name="add"/>
<message name="addResponse"/>
<portType name="CalculatorWS">
<wsdl:operation name="add">
<wsdl:input message="tns:add"/>
<wsdl:output message="tns:addResponse"/>
</wsdl:operation>

Chapter 8 • WSIT Security Features: Advanced Topics 139

Understanding WSIT Configuration Files

</portType>
<binding name="CalculatorWSPortBinding" type="tns:CalculatorWS">
<wsp:PolicyReference URI="#CalculatorWSPortBindingPolicy"/>
<wsdl:operation name="add">
<wsdl:input>
<wsp:PolicyReference URI="#CalculatorWSPortBinding_add_Input_Policy"/>
</wsdl:input>
<wsdl:output>
<wsp:PolicyReference URI="#CalculatorWSPortBinding_add_Output_Policy"/>
</wsdl:output>
</wsdl:operation>
</binding>
<service name="CalculatorWSService">
<wsdl:port name="CalculatorWSPort" binding="tns:CalculatorWSPortBinding"/>
</service>
<wsp:Policy wsu:Id="CalculatorWSPortBindingPolicy">
<wsp:ExactlyOne>
<wsp:All>
<wsaws:UsingAddressing xmlns:wsaws="http://www.w3.org/2006/05/addressing/wsdl"/>
<sp:SymmetricBinding>
<wsp:Policy>
<sp:ProtectionToken>
<wsp:Policy>
<sp:X509Token
sp:IncludeToken=
"http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/ws/2005/07/securitypolicy/IncludeToken/Never">
<wsp:Policy>
<sp:WssX509V3Token10/>
</wsp:Policy>
</sp:X509Token>
</wsp:Policy>
</sp:ProtectionToken>
<sp:Layout>
<wsp:Policy>
<sp:Strict/>
</wsp:Policy>
</sp:Layout>
<sp:IncludeTimestamp/>
<sp:OnlySignEntireHeadersAndBody/>
<sp:AlgorithmSuite>
<wsp:Policy>
<sp:Basic128/>
</wsp:Policy>
</sp:AlgorithmSuite>
</wsp:Policy>
</sp:SymmetricBinding>
<sp:Wss11>
<wsp:Policy>

140 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Understanding WSIT Configuration Files

<sp:MustSupportRefKeyIdentifier/>
<sp:MustSupportRefIssuerSerial/>
<sp:MustSupportRefThumbprint/>
<sp:MustSupportRefEncryptedKey/>
</wsp:Policy>
</sp:Wss11>
<sp:SignedSupportingTokens>
<wsp:Policy>
<sp:UsernameToken
sp:IncludeToken=
"http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/ws/2005/07/securitypolicy/IncludeToken/AlwaysToRecipient">
<wsp:Policy>
<sp:WssUsernameToken10/>
</wsp:Policy>
</sp:UsernameToken>
</wsp:Policy>
</sp:SignedSupportingTokens>
<sc:KeyStore wspp:visibility="private"
alias="xws-security-server" storepass="changeit"
type="JKS" location="C:\Sun\glassfish\domains\domain1\config\keystore.jks"/>
</wsp:All>
</wsp:ExactlyOne>
</wsp:Policy>
<wsp:Policy wsu:Id="CalculatorWSPortBinding_add_Input_Policy">
<wsp:ExactlyOne>
<wsp:All>
<sp:EncryptedParts>
<sp:Body/>
</sp:EncryptedParts>
<sp:SignedParts>
<sp:Body/>
<sp:Header Name="To"
Namespace="http://www.w3.org/2005/08/addressing"/>
<sp:Header Name="From"
Namespace="http://www.w3.org/2005/08/addressing"/>
<sp:Header Name="FaultTo"
Namespace="http://www.w3.org/2005/08/addressing"/>
<sp:Header Name="ReplyTo"
Namespace="http://www.w3.org/2005/08/addressing"/>
<sp:Header Name="MessageID"
Namespace="http://www.w3.org/2005/08/addressing"/>
<sp:Header Name="RelatesTo"
Namespace="http://www.w3.org/2005/08/addressing"/>
<sp:Header Name="Action"
Namespace="http://www.w3.org/2005/08/addressing"/>
<sp:Header Name="AckRequested"
Namespace="http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/ws/2005/02/rm"/>
<sp:Header Name="SequenceAcknowledgement"

Chapter 8 • WSIT Security Features: Advanced Topics 141

Understanding WSIT Configuration Files

Namespace="http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/ws/2005/02/rm"/>
<sp:Header Name="Sequence"
Namespace="http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/ws/2005/02/rm"/>
</sp:SignedParts>
</wsp:All>
</wsp:ExactlyOne>
</wsp:Policy>
<wsp:Policy wsu:Id="CalculatorWSPortBinding_add_Output_Policy">
<wsp:ExactlyOne>
<wsp:All>
<sp:EncryptedParts>
<sp:Body/>
</sp:EncryptedParts>
<sp:SignedParts>
<sp:Body/>
<sp:Header Name="To"
Namespace="http://www.w3.org/2005/08/addressing"/>
<sp:Header Name="From"
Namespace="http://www.w3.org/2005/08/addressing"/>
<sp:Header Name="FaultTo"
Namespace="http://www.w3.org/2005/08/addressing"/>
<sp:Header Name="ReplyTo"
Namespace="http://www.w3.org/2005/08/addressing"/>
<sp:Header Name="MessageID"
Namespace="http://www.w3.org/2005/08/addressing"/>
<sp:Header Name="RelatesTo"
Namespace="http://www.w3.org/2005/08/addressing"/>
<sp:Header Name="Action"
Namespace="http://www.w3.org/2005/08/addressing"/>
<sp:Header Name="AckRequested"
Namespace="http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/ws/2005/02/rm"/>
<sp:Header Name="SequenceAcknowledgement"
Namespace="http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/ws/2005/02/rm"/>
<sp:Header Name="Sequence"
Namespace="http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/ws/2005/02/rm"/>
</sp:SignedParts>
</wsp:All>
</wsp:ExactlyOne
> </wsp:Policy>
</definitions>

Client-Side WSIT Configuration Files

WSIT features are configured on the client in the following way:
1. Expand the Web Service Reference node for the web service client in NetBeans IDE.
2. Select Edit Web Service Attributes.

142 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Understanding WSIT Configuration Files

3. Select and/or configure the appropriate WSIT features on the WSIT Configuration tab for
the web service client. Many of the WSIT features are discussed in Chapter 7, “Using WSIT
Security.”
4. Select OK to close the dialog.
5. Run the web service client by right-clicking the project node and selecting Run Project.

The WSIT Configuration information can be viewed by expanding Source

Packages→META-INF in NetBeans IDE for the client project. This directory contains two files:
serviceService.xml and wsit-client.xml.

The serviceService.xml file is an XML file that must conform to the WSDL specification. The
WSIT configuration is written to this file. For the example application “Example: Username
Authentication with Symmetric Key (UA)” on page 112, the WSIT configuration file for the
client is named CalculatorWSService.xml, and looks like this:

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>

<!-- Published by JAX-WS RI at http://jax-ws.dev.java.net.
RI’s version is JAX-WS RI 2.1.2-hudson-132-M1. -->
<!-- Generated by JAX-WS RI at http://jax-ws.dev.java.net. RI’s version is
JAX-WS RI 2.1.2-hudson-132-M1. -->
<definitions
xmlns:wsu=
"http://docs.oasis-open.org/wss/2004/01/oasis-200401-wss-wssecurity-utility-1.0.xsd"
xmlns:wsp="http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/ws/2004/09/policy"
xmlns:soap="http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/wsdl/soap/"
xmlns:tns="http://calculator.me.org/"
xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema"
xmlns="http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/wsdl/"
targetNamespace="http://calculator.me.org/"
name="CalculatorWSService"
xmlns:tc="http://schemas.sun.com/ws/2006/05/trust/client"
xmlns:wspp="http://java.sun.com/xml/ns/wsit/policy"
xmlns:sc="http://schemas.sun.com/2006/03/wss/client">
<types>
<xsd:schema>
<xsd:import namespace="http://calculator.me.org/"
schemaLocation=
"http://localhost:8080/CalculatorApplication/CalculatorWSService?xsd=1">
</xsd:import>
</xsd:schema>
</types>
<message name="add">
<part name="parameters" element="tns:add"></part>
</message>
<message name="addResponse">
<part name="parameters" element="tns:addResponse"></part>
</message>

Chapter 8 • WSIT Security Features: Advanced Topics 143

Understanding WSIT Configuration Files

<portType name="CalculatorWS">
<operation name="add">
<input message="tns:add"></input>
<output message="tns:addResponse"></output>
</operation>
</portType>
<binding name="CalculatorWSPortBinding" type="tns:CalculatorWS">
<wsp:PolicyReference URI="#CalculatorWSPortBindingPolicy"/>
<soap:binding
transport="http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/soap/http" style="document">
</soap:binding>
<operation name="add">
<soap:operation soapAction=""></soap:operation>
<input>
<soap:body use="literal"></soap:body>
</input>
<output>
<soap:body use="literal"></soap:body>
</output>
</operation>
</binding>
<service name="CalculatorWSService">
<port name="CalculatorWSPort" binding="tns:CalculatorWSPortBinding">
<soap:address
location="http://localhost:8080/CalculatorApplication/CalculatorWSService">
</soap:address>
</port>
</service>
<wsp:Policy wsu:Id="CalculatorWSPortBindingPolicy">
<wsp:ExactlyOne>
<wsp:All>
<tc:PreconfiguredSTS wspp:visibility="private"/>
<sc:CallbackHandlerConfiguration wspp:visibility="private">
<sc:CallbackHandler default="wsitUser" name="usernameHandler"/>
<sc:CallbackHandler default="changeit" name="passwordHandler"/>
</sc:CallbackHandlerConfiguration>
<sc:KeyStore wspp:visibility="private"
storepass="changeit" type="JKS"
location="C:\Sun\glassfish\domains\domain1\config\keystore.jks"/>
<sc:TrustStore wspp:visibility="private"
storepass="changeit" type="JKS"
location="C:\Sun\glassfish\domains\domain1\config\cacerts.jks"
peeralias="xws-security-server"/>
</wsp:All>
</wsp:ExactlyOne>
</wsp:Policy>
</definitions>

144 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Security Mechanism Configuration Options

The wsit-client.xml file imports the serviceService.xml file. For the example shown about,
the wsit-client.xml file looks like this:

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>

<definitions
xmlns="http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/wsdl/"
xmlns:wsdl="http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/wsdl/"
xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema"
xmlns:soap="http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/wsdl/soap/" name="mainclientconfig">
<import location="CalculatorWSService.xml" namespace="http://calculator.me.org/"/>
</definitions>

Security Mechanism Configuration Options

The following fields shown in Table 8–1 are used to configure different security policies. Not
every option is available for every mechanism, but many of the policies include the same
configuration options, so they are grouped here for the purposes of defining them in one central
location.

TABLE 8–1 Security Mechanism Configuration Options

Option Description

Algorithm Suite This attribute specifies the algorithm suite required for performing cryptographic
operations with symmetric or asymmetric key-based security tokens. An
algorithm suite specifies actual algorithms and allowed key lengths. A mechanism
alternative will define what algorithms are used and how they are used. The value
of this attribute is typically referenced by a security binding and is used to specify
the algorithms used for all cryptographic operations performed under the
security binding. The default value is Basic 128 bit.
Some of the algorithm suite settings require that Unlimited StrengthEncryption
be configured in the Java Runtime Environment (JRE), particularly the algorithm
suites that use 256 bit encryption. Instructions for downloading and configuring
unlimited strength encryption can be found at the following URLS:
http://java.sun.com/products/jce/javase.html
http://java.sun.com/javase/downloads/index_jdk5.jsp#docs
Read the OASIS specification WS-Security Policy section on Security Binding
Properties for more description of the components for each of these algorithm
suites. A link to this document can be found at https://wsit.dev.java.net/.

Chapter 8 • WSIT Security Features: Advanced Topics 145

Security Mechanism Configuration Options

TABLE 8–1 Security Mechanism Configuration Options (Continued)

Option Description

Encrypt Before Signing If selected, specifies that the order of message protection is to encrypt the SOAP
content, then sign the entire SOAP body. Encryption key and signing key must be
derived from the same source key.
If not selected, the default behavior is Sign Before Encrypt.

Encrypt Signature Specifies whether the signature must be encrypted. If selected, the primary
signature must be encrypted and any signature confirmation elements must also
be encrypted. If not selected (the default), the primary signature must not be
encrypted and any signature confirmation elements must not be encrypted.

Establish Secure Session Secure Conversation enables a consumer and provider to establish a shared
(Secure Conversation) security context when a multiple-message-exchange sequence is first initiated.
Subsequent messages use (possibly derived) session keys that increase the overall
security while reducing the security processing overhead for each message.
In the absence of a notion of secure session, the client would have to
reauthenticate with the server upon every request. In this situation, if the client is
sending a Username token, it has to authenticate on every request, or, if the client
is sending a certificate, the validity of the certificate has to be established on every
request. This is expensive. Enable Secure Conversation to get over this
requirement for re-authentication.
When this option and Require Derived Keys are both enabled, a derived key will
be used. If not, the original session key will be used.
Note on Secure Conversation with Reliable Message Delivery: Reliable Messaging
can be used independently of the security mechanisms; however, when Reliable
Messaging (RM) is used with a security mechanism, it requires the use of Secure
Conversation, which will be automatically configured for a security mechanism
when Reliable Messaging is selected before the security mechanism is selected. If
Secure Conversation is selected for a security mechanism and the Reliable
Messaging option was not selected before the security mechanism was specified,
Reliable Messaging will need to be manually selected in order for Secure
Conversation to work. Reliable messaging, as well as the Advanced configuration
options and Deliver Messages in Exact Order feature, is discussed in Chapter 6,
“Using Reliable Messaging.”

146 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Security Mechanism Configuration Options

TABLE 8–1 Security Mechanism Configuration Options (Continued)

Option Description

Issuer Address This optional element specifies the address of the issuer (STS) that will accept the
security token that is presented in the message. This element’s type is an endpoint
reference. An STS contains a set of interfaces to be used for the issuance,
exchange, and validation of security tokens. An example that creates and uses an
STS can be found at “Example: STS Issued Token (STS)” on page 126.
For example, for JAX-WS services, the Issuer Address is:
http://localhost:8080/jaxws-sts/sts
For WCF STS, the Issuer Address is:
http://131.107.72.15/Security_Federation_SecurityTokenService_Indigo/
Symmetric.svc/Scenario_5_IssuedTokenForCertificate_MutualCertificate11

Issuer Metadata Address Specifies the address from which to retrieve the issuer metadata. They should be
just the URLs. For example, for JAX-WS services, the Issuer Metadata Address is
as follows:
http://localhost:8080/jaxws-sts/sts
For WCF STS, the Issuer Metadata Address is as follows:
http://131.107.72.15/Security_Federation_SecurityTokenService_Indigo/
Symmetric.svc
For more information, read “Configuring A Secure Token Service (STS)” on
page 104.

Key Type Applicable for Issued Token mechanisms only. The type of key the service
provider desires. The choices are public key or symmetric key. Symmetric key
cryptography relies on a shared secret and is usually faster than public key
cryptography. Public key cryptography relies on a key that is made public to all
and is primarily used for encryption but can be used for verifying signatures.

Key Size Applicable for Issued Token mechanisms only. The size of the symmetric key
requested, specified in number of bits. This is a request, and, as such, the
requested security token is not obligated to use the requested key size, nor is the
STS obligated to issue a token with the same key size. That said, the recipient
should try to use a key at least as strong as the specified value if possible. The
information is provided as an indication of the desired strength of the security.
Valid choices include 128, 192, and 256.

Require Client Certificate Select this option to require that a client certificate be provided to the server for
verification.
If you are using a security mechanism with SSL, a client certificate will be required
by the server both during its initial handshake and again during verification.

Chapter 8 • WSIT Security Features: Advanced Topics 147

Security Mechanism Configuration Options

TABLE 8–1 Security Mechanism Configuration Options (Continued)

Option Description

Require Derived Keys A derived key is a cryptographic key created from a password or other user data.
Derived keys allow applications to create session keys as needed, eliminating the
Require Derived Keys
need to store a particular key. The use of the same session key (for example, when
for:Issued Token,
using Secure Conversation) for repeated message exchanges is sometimes
Secure Session,
considered a risk. To reduce that risk, enable Require Derived Keys.
X509 Token

Require Signature When the WSS Version is 1.1, select this option to reduce the risk of attacks
Confirmation because signature confirmation indicates that the responder has processed the
signature in the request. For more information, read section 8.5, Signature
Confirmation, of the Web Services Security: SOAP Message Security 1.1
specification at http://www.oasis-open.org/
committees/download.php/16790/wss-v1.1-spec-os-SOAPMessageSecurity.pdf.

SAML Version Specifies which version of the SAML token should be used. The SAML Version is
something the CallbackHandler has to verify, not the security runtime. SAML
tokens are defined in WSS: SAML Token Profile documents, available from
http://www.oasis-open.org/specs/index.php.
For an example that uses SAML Callbacks, refer to “Example: SAML
Authorization over SSL (SA)” on page 119.

Security Header Layout Specifies which layout rules to apply when adding items to the security header.
The options are:
■ Strict: Items are added to the security header following the general principle
of “declare before use”.
■ Lax: Items are added to the security header in any order that conforms to
WSS: SOAP Message Security. However, WSIT follows Strict even when Lax
is selected.
■ Lax (Timestamp First or Last): The same as for Lax, except that the first or
last item in the security header must be a wsse:Timestamp.

Examples of the layout rules are described in the OASIS WS-SecurityPolicy

specification, a link to which can be found at https://wsit.dev.java.net/.

Supporting Token Specifies the type of supporting token to be used. Supporting Tokens are included
in the security header and may sign and/or encrypt additional message parts.
Valid options for supporting tokens include X.509 tokens, Username tokens,
SAML tokens, or an Issued Token from an STS.
For more information on these options, read “Supporting Token Options” on
page 104.

Token Type The type of SAML token the service provider requires, for example,
urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML1.0:assertion.Choices are 1.0, 1.1, or 2.0.

148 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Security Mechanism Configuration Options

TABLE 8–1 Security Mechanism Configuration Options (Continued)

Option Description

WSS Version Specifies which version of the Web Services Security specification should be
followed, 1.0 or 1.1. These specifications can be viewed from
http://www.oasis-open.org/specs/index.php.
Enabling WSS 1.1 enables an encrypted key generated by the client to be reused
by the Server in the response to the client. This saves the time otherwise required
to create a Symmetric Key during the course of response, encrypt it with the client
public key (which is also an expensive RSA operation), and transmit the
encrypted key in the message (it occupies markup and requires Base64
operations). Enabling WSS 1.1 also enables encrypted headers.

Chapter 8 • WSIT Security Features: Advanced Topics 149

150
 9
C H A P T E R 9

WSIT Example Using a Web Container Without

NetBeans IDE

This chapter describes how to use the two supported web containers, GlassFish version 2 and
Apache Tomcat 5.5, to create, build, and deploy a web service and a client that use the Web
Services Interoperability Technologies (WSIT). This chapter also includes examples of the files
you must create and the build directories.

To run the examples described in this chapter, download the WSIT samples kits,
wsit-enabled-fromjava.zip and wsit-enabled-fromwsdl.zip, from the following location:

https://wsit.dev.java.net/source/browse/wsit/wsit/docs/howto/

You could also useNetBeans IDE to create and deploy WSIT web services and clients. The IDE
provides a graphical user interface (GUI) and does many of the manual steps described in this
chapter for you, thus reducing the amount of coding and processing required. For an example
that creates, builds, and deploys a web service and a web service client using NetBeans IDE, see
Chapter 3, “WSIT Example Using a Web Container and NetBeans IDE.”

This chapter covers the following topics:

■ “Environment Configuration Settings” on page 152
■ “WSIT Configuration and WS-Policy Assertions” on page 152
■ “Creating a Web Service” on page 153
■ “Building and Deploying the Web Service” on page 158
■ “Creating a Web Service Client” on page 161
■ “Building and Deploying a Client” on page 164
■ “Running a Web Service Client” on page 165
■ “Undeploying a Web Service” on page 165

151
Environment Configuration Settings

Environment Configuration Settings

Before you can build and run the samples in this tutorial, you need to complete the following
tasks:
■ “Setting the Web Container Listener Port” on page 152
■ “Setting the Web Container Home Directory” on page 152

Setting the Web Container Listener Port

The Java code and configuration files for the examples used in this tutorial assume that the web
container is listening on IP port 8080. Port 8080 is the default listener port for both GlassFish
(domain1) and Tomcat. If you have changed the port, you must update the port number in the
following files before building and running the examples:
■ wsit-enabled-fromjava/etc/wsit-fromjava.server.AddNumbersImpl.xml
■ wsit-enabled-fromjava/etc/custom-schema.xml
■ wsit-enabled-fromjava/etc/custom-client.xml
■ wsit-enabled-fromjava/etc/build.properties
■ wsit-enabled-fromwsdl/etc/custom-client.xml
■ wsit-enabled-fromwsdl/etc/build.properties

Setting the Web Container Home Directory

Before you build and deploy the web service and its client, set one of the following environment
variables:
■ If you are using GlassFish, set the AS_HOME environment variable to the top-level directory of
GlassFish.
■ If you are using Tomcat, set the CATALINA_HOME environment variable to the top-level
directory of Tomcat.

WSIT Configuration and WS-Policy Assertions

WSIT features are enabled and configured using a mechanism defined by the Web Services
Policy Framework (WS-Policy) specification. A web service expresses its requirements and
capabilities through policies embedded in the service’s WSDL description. A web service
consumer, or client, verifies that it can handle the expressed requirements and, optionally, uses
server capabilities advertised in policies.

Each individual WSIT technology, such as Reliable Messaging, Addressing, or Secure

Conversation, provides a set of policy assertions it can process. Those assertions provide the
necessary configuration details to the WSIT runtime to enable proper operation of the WSIT

152 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Creating a Web Service

features used by a given web service. The assertions may specify particular configuration
settings or rely on default settings that are predetermined by the specific technology. For
instance, in the snippet shown below, the wsrm:AcknowledgementInterval and
wsrm:InactivityTimeout settings are both optional and could be omitted. The following
snippet shows WS-Policy assertions for WS-Addressing and WS-Reliable Messaging:

<wsp:Policy wsu:Id="AddNumbers_policy">
<wsp:ExactlyOne>
<wsp:All>
<wsaw:UsingAddressing/>
<wsrm:RMAssertion>
<wsrm:InactivityTimeout Milliseconds="600000"/>
<wsrm:AcknowledgementInterval Milliseconds="200"/>
</wsrm:RMAssertion>
</wsp:All>
</wsp:ExactlyOne>
</wsp:Policy>

This snippet is valid in either a WSIT configuration file (wsit-package.service.xml) or in a Web

Services Description Language (WSDL) file. This snippet is from the WSIT configuration file in
the example, wsit-enabled-fromjava/etc/wsit-fromjava.server.AddNumbersImpl.xml.

Creating a Web Service

You can create a web service starting from Java code or starting from a WSDL file. The
following sections describe each approach:
■ “Creating a Web Service From Java” on page 153
■ “Creating a Web Service From WSDL” on page 156

Creating a Web Service From Java

One way to create a web service application is to start by coding the endpoint in Java. If you are
developing your Java web service from scratch or have an existing Java class you wish to expose
as a web service, this is the most direct approach.

The Java API for XML Web Services (JAX-WS) 2.0 Specification, JSR-224, relies heavily on the
use of annotations as specified in A Metadata Facility for the Java Programming Language
(JSR-175) and Web Services Metadata for the Java Platform (JSR-181), as well as additional
annotations defined by the JAX-WS 2.0 specification.

The web service is written as a normal Java class. Then the class and its exposed methods are
annotated with the web service annotations @WebService and @WebMethod. The following code
snippet shows an example:

Chapter 9 • WSIT Example Using a Web Container Without NetBeans IDE 153
Creating a Web Service

@WebService
public class AddNumbersImpl {
@WebMethod(action="addNumbers")
public int addNumbers(int number1, int number2)
throws AddNumbersException {
if (number1 < 0 || number2 < 0) {
throw new AddNumbersException(
"Negative number can’t be added!",
"Numbers: " + number1 + ", " + number2);
}
return number1 + number2;
}
}

When developing a web service from scratch or based on an existing Java class, WSIT features
are enabled using a configuration file. That file, wsit-package.service.xml, is written in WSDL
format. An example configuration file can be found in the accompanying samples:

wsit-enabled-fromjava/etc/wsit-fromjava.server.AddNumbersImpl.xml

The settings in the wsit-package.service.xml file are incorporated dynamically by the WSIT
runtime into the WSDL it generates for the web service. So when a client requests the web
service’s WSDL, the runtime embeds any publicly visible policy assertions contained in the
wsit-package.service.xml file into the WSDL. For the example
wsit-fromjava.server.AddNumbersImpl.xml in the sample discussed in this tutorial, the
Addressing and Reliable Messaging assertions are part of the WSDL as seen by the client.

Note – The wsit-package.service.xml file must be in the WEB-INF sub-directory of the

application’s WAR file when it is deployed to the web container. Otherwise, the WSIT run-time
environment will not find it.

To create a web service from Java, create the following files:

■ These files define the web service and the WSIT configuration for the service, which are
discussed in the sections below.
■ “Web Service Implementation Java File” on page 155
■ “wsit-package.service.xml File” on page 156
■ AddNumbersException.java
■ custom-schema.xml
■ sun-jaxws.xml
■ web.xml
■ These files are standard files required for JAX-WS. Examples of these files are provided in
the wsit-enabled-fromjava sample directory.
■ AddNumbersException.java

154 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Creating a Web Service

■ custom-schema.xml
■ sun-jaxws.xml
■ web.xml
■ These files are standard in any Ant build environment. Examples of these files are provided
in the wsit-enabled-fromjava sample directory.
■ build.xml
■ build.properties

Web Service Implementation Java File

The sample files define a web service that takes two integers, adds them, and returns the result.
If one of the integers is negative, an exception is thrown.

The starting point for developing a web service that uses the WSIT technologies is a Java class
file annotated with the javax.jws.WebService annotation. The @WebService annotation
defines the class as a web service endpoint.

The following file (wsit-enabled-fromjava/src/fromjava/serverAddNumbersImpl.java)

implements the web service interface.package fromjava.server;

import javax.jws.WebService;
import javax.jws.WebMethod;

@WebService
public class AddNumbersImpl {
@WebMethod(action="addNumbers")
public int addNumbers(int number1, int number2)
throws AddNumbersException {
if (number1 < 0 || number2 < 0) {
throw new AddNumbersException(
"Negative number cannot be added!",
"Numbers: " + number1 + ", " + number2);
}
return number1 + number2;
}
}

Note – To ensure interoperability with Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) clients,

you must specify the action element of @WebMethod in your endpoint implementation classes.
WCF clients will incorrectly generate an empty string for the Action header if you do not
specify the action element.

Chapter 9 • WSIT Example Using a Web Container Without NetBeans IDE 155
Creating a Web Service

wsit-package.service.xml File
This file is the WSIT configuration file. It defines which WSIT technologies are enabled in the
web service. The snippet shown below illustrates how to enable the WSIT reliable messaging
technology in a wsit-package.service.xml file.

<wsp:Policy wsu:Id="AddNumbers_policy">
<wsp:ExactlyOne>
<wsp:All>
<wsaw:UsingAddressing/>
<wsrm:RMAssertion>
<wsrm:InactivityTimeout Milliseconds="600000"/>
<wsrm:AcknowledgementInterval Milliseconds="200"/>
</wsrm:RMAssertion>
</wsp:All>
</wsp:ExactlyOne>
</wsp:Policy>

For a complete example of a wsit-package.service.xml file, see the wsit-enabled-fromjava

example. You can use the wsit-package.service.xml file provided in the example as a reference
for creating your own wsit-package.service.xml file.

Creating a Web Service From WSDL

Typically, you start from WSDL to build your web service if you want to implement a web
service that is already defined either by a standard or an existing instance of the service. In either
case, the WSDL already exists. The JAX-WS wsimport tool processes the existing WSDL
document, either from a local copy on disk or by retrieving it from a network address or URL.
For an example of using a web browser to access a service’s WSDL, see “Verifying Deployment”
on page 160.

When developing a web service starting from an existing WSDL, the process is actually simpler
than starting from Java. This is because the policy assertions needed to enable various WSIT
technologies are already embedded in the WSDL file. An example WSDL file is included in the
fromwsdl sample provided with this tutorial at:

tut-install/wsit-enabled-fromwsdl/etc/AddNumbers.wsdl

To create a web service from WSDL, create the following source files:
■ “WSDL File” on page 157
■ “Web Service Implementation File” on page 157
■ custom-server.xml
■ web.xml
■ sun-jaxws.xml
■ build.xml

156 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Creating a Web Service

■ build.properties

The following files are standard files required for JAX-WS. Examples of these files are provided
in the fromwsdl sample directory.
■ custom-server.xml
■ sun-jaxws.xml
■ web.xml

The build.xml and build.properties files are standard in any Ant build environment.
Examples of these files are provided in the respective samples directories.

The sample files provided in this tutorial define a web service that takes two integers, adds them,
and returns the result. If one of the integers is negative, an exception is returned.

WSDL File
You can create a WSDL file by hand or retrieve it from an existing web service by simply
pointing a web browser at the web service’s URL. The snippet shown below illustrates how to
enable the WSIT Reliable Messaging technology in a WSDL file.

<wsp:Policy wsu:Id="AddNumbers_policy">
<wsp:ExactlyOne>
<wsp:All>
<wsrm:RMAssertion>
<wsrm:InactivityTimeout Milliseconds="600000"/>
<wsrm:AcknowledgementInterval Milliseconds="200"/>
</wsrm:RMAssertion>
</wsp:All>
</wsp:ExactlyOne>
</wsp:Policy>

For a complete example of a WSDL file, see the AddNumbers.wsdl file in the fromwsdl example.
Another benefit of the AddNumbers.wsdl file is that it shows how a WSIT-enabled WSDL is
constructed. Therefore, you can use it as a reference when you create a WSDL file or modify an
existing one.

Web Service Implementation File

The following file (AddNumbersImpl.java) shows how to implement a web service
interface.package fromwsdl.server;

import javax.jws.WebService;
import javax.jws.WebMethod;

@WebService (endpointInterface=
"fromwsdl.server.AddNumbersPortType")

Chapter 9 • WSIT Example Using a Web Container Without NetBeans IDE 157
Building and Deploying the Web Service

public class AddNumbersImpl{

@WebMethod(action="addNumbers")
public int addNumbers (int number1, int number2)
throws AddNumbersFault_Exception {
if (number1 < 0 || number2 < 0) {
String message = "Negative number cannot be added!";
String detail = "Numbers: " + number1 + ", " + number2;
AddNumbersFault fault = new AddNumbersFault ();
fault.setMessage (message);
fault.setFaultInfo (detail);
throw new AddNumbersFault_Exception(message, fault);
}
return number1 + number2;
}

public void oneWayInt(int number) {

System.out.println("Service received: " + number);
}
}

Building and Deploying the Web Service

Once configured, you can build and deploy a WSIT-enabled web service in the same manner as
you would build and deploy a standard JAX-WS web service.

The following topics describe how to perform this task:

■ “Building and Deploying a Web Service Created From Java” on page 158
■ “Building and Deploying a Web Service Created From WSDL” on page 159
■ “Deploying the Web Service to a Web Container” on page 159
■ “Verifying Deployment” on page 160

Building and Deploying a Web Service Created From

Java
To build and deploy the web service, open a terminal window, go to the
tut-install/wsit-enabled-fromjava/ directory and type the following:

ant server

This command calls the server target in build.xml, which builds and packages the application
into a WAR file, wsit-enabled-fromjava.war, and places it in the
wsit-enabled-fromjava/build/war directory. The ant server command also deploys the
WAR file to the web container.

158 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Building and Deploying the Web Service

The ant command calls multiple tools to build and deploy the web service. The JAX-WS
annotation processing tool (apt) processes the annotated source code and invokes the compiler
itself, resulting in the class files for each of the Java source files. In the wsit-enabled-fromjava
example, the Ant target build-server-java in build.xml handles this portion of the process.
Next, the individual class files are bundled together along with the web service’s supporting
configuration files into the application’s WAR file. It is this file that is deployed to the web
container by the deploy target.

During execution of the server target, you will see a warning message. The message refers to
“Annotation types without processors”. The warning is expected and does not indicate an
abnormal situation. The text is included here for reference:

build-server-java:
[apt] warning: Annotation types without processors:
[javax.xml.bind.annotation.XmlRootElement,
javax.xml.bind.annotation.XmlAccessorType,
javax.xml.bind.annotation.XmlType,
javax.xml.bind.annotation.XmlElement]
[apt] 1 warning

Building and Deploying a Web Service Created From

WSDL
To build and deploy the web service, open a terminal window, go to the
tut-install/wsit-enabled-fromjava/ directory, and type the following:

ant server

This command calls wsimport, which takes the WSDL description and generates a
corresponding Java interface and other supporting classes. Then the Java compiler is called to
compile both the user’s code and the generated code. Finally, the class files are bundled together
into the WAR file. To see the details of how this is done, see the build-server-wsdl and
create-war targets in the wsit-enabled-fromwsdl/build.xml file.

Deploying the Web Service to a Web Container

As a convenience, invoking the ant server command builds the web service’s WAR file and
immediately deploys it to the web container. However, in some situations, such as after
undeploying a web service, it may be useful to deploy the web service without rebuilding it.

For both scenarios, wsit-enabled-fromjava and fromwsdl, the resulting application is

deployed in the same manner.

Chapter 9 • WSIT Example Using a Web Container Without NetBeans IDE 159
Building and Deploying the Web Service

The following sections describe how to deploy on the different web containers:
■ “Deploying to GlassFish” on page 160
■ “Deploying to Apache Tomcat” on page 160

Deploying to GlassFish
For development purposes, the easiest way to deploy is to use the autodeploy facility of the
GlassFish application server. To do so, you simply copy your application’s WAR file to the
/autodeploy directory for the domain to which you want to deploy. If you are using the default
domain, domain1, which is set up by the GlassFish installation process, the appropriate
directory path would be as-install/domains/domain1/autodeploy.

The build.xml file which accompanies this example has a deploy target for GlassFish. To
invoke that target, run the following command in the top-level directory of the respective
examples, either wsit-enabled-fromjava or wsit-enabled-fromwsdl, as follows.

ant deploy

Deploying to Apache Tomcat

Apache Tomcat also has an autoDeploy feature that is enabled by Tomcat’s out-of-the-box
configuration settings. If you are not sure whether the autoDeploy is enabled, check
tomcat-home/conf/server.xml for the value of autoDeploy, where tomcat-home is the
directory where Tomcat is installed. Assuming autoDeploy is enabled, you simply copy your
application’s WAR file to the tomcat-home/webapps directory.

The build.xml file which accompanies this example has a deploy target for Tomcat. To invoke
that target, run the following command in the top-level directory of the respective examples,
either wsit-enabled-fromjava or wsit-enabled-fromwsdl, as follows. You need to use the
-Duse.tomcat=true switch to make sure that the application is deployed to Tomcat, and not to
the default server, which is GlassFish.

ant -Duse.tomcat=true deploy

Verifying Deployment
A basic test to verify that the application has deployed properly is to use a web browser to
retrieve the application’s WSDL from its hosting web container. The following URLs retrieve
the WSDL from each of the two example services. If you are running your web browser and web
container on different machines, you need to replace localhost with the name of the machine
hosting your web service.

160 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Creating a Web Service Client

Note – Before testing, make sure your web container is running.

■ http://localhost:8080/wsit-enabled-fromjava/addnumbers?wsdl
■ http://localhost:8080/wsit-enabled-fromwsdl/addnumbers?wsdl

If the browser displays a page of XML tags, the web service has been deployed and is working. If
not, check the web container log for any error messages related to the sample WAR you have
just deployed. For GlassFish, the log can be found at
as-install/domains/domain1/logs/server.log. For Apache Tomcat, the appropriate log file
can be found at tomcat-home/logs/catalina.out.

Creating a Web Service Client

Unlike developing a web service provider, creating a web service client application always starts
with an existing WSDL file. This process is similar to the process you use to build a service from
an existing WSDL file. The WSDL file that the client consumes already contains the WS–*
policy assertions (and, in some cases, any value-added WSIT policy assertions that augment
Sun’s implementation, but can safely be ignored by other implementations). Most of the policy
assertions are defined in the WS-* specifications. Sun’s implementation processes these
standard policy assertions.

The policy assertions describe any requirements from the server as well as any optional features
the client may use. The WSIT build tools and run-time environment detect the WSDL’s policy
assertions and configure themselves appropriately, if possible. If an unsupported assertion is
found, an error message describing the problem will be displayed.

Typically, you retrieve the WSDL directly from a web service provider using the wsimport tool.
The wsimport tool then generates the corresponding Java source code for the interface
described by the WSDL. The Java compiler, javac, is then called to compile the source into class
files. The programming code uses the generated classes to access the web service.

The following sections describe how to create a web service client:

■ “Creating a Client from Java” on page 161
■ “Creating a Client from WSDL” on page 163

Creating a Client from Java

To create a client from Java, you must create the following files:
■ “Client Java File (fromjava)” on page 162
■ “Client Configuration File (fromjava)” on page 163
■ build.xml

Chapter 9 • WSIT Example Using a Web Container Without NetBeans IDE 161
Creating a Web Service Client

■ build.properties

The build.xml and build.properties files are standard in any Ant build environment.
Examples of these files are provided in the wsit-enabled-fromjava sample directory.

Client Java File (fromjava)

The client Java file defines the functionality of the web service client. The following code shows
the AddNumbersClient.java file that is provided in the sample.

package fromjava.client;
import com.sun.xml.ws.Closeable;
import java.rmi.RemoteException;

public class AddNumbersClient {

public static void main (String[] args) {
AddNumbersImpl port = null;
try {
port = new AddNumbersImplService().getAddNumbersImplPort();
int number1 = 10;
int number2 = 20;
System.out.printf ("Invoking addNumbers(%d, %d)\n",
number1, number2);
int result = port.addNumbers (number1, number2);
System.out.printf (
"The result of adding %d and %d is %d.\n\n",
number1, number2, result);

number1 = -10;
System.out.printf ("Invoking addNumbers(%d, %d)\n",
number1, number2);
result = port.addNumbers (number1, number2);
System.out.printf (
"The result of adding %d and %d is %d.\n",
number1, number2, result);
} catch (AddNumbersException_Exception ex) {
System.out.printf (
"Caught AddNumbersException_Exception: %s\n",
ex.getFaultInfo ().getDetail ());
} finally {
((Closeable)port).close();
}
}
}

This file specifies two positive integers that are to be added by the web service, passes the
integers to the web service and gets the results from the web service by using the

162 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Creating a Web Service Client

port.addNumbers method, and prints the results to the screen. It then specifies a negative
number to be added, gets the results (which should be an exception), and prints the results (the
exception) to the screen.

Client Configuration File (fromjava)

The client configuration file defines the URL of the web service WSDL file. It is used by the web
container wsimport tool to access and consume the WSDL and to build the stubs that are used
to communicate with the web service.

The custom-client.xml file provided in the wsit-enabled-fromjava sample is shown below.

The wsdlLocation and the package name xml tags are unique to each client and are highlighted
in bold text

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="yes"?>

<bindings
xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema"
xmlns:wsdl="http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/wsdl/"
wsdlLocation="http://localhost:8080/wsit-enabled-fromjava/
addnumbers?wsdl"
xmlns="http://java.sun.com/xml/ns/jaxws">
<bindings node="wsdl:definitions">
<package name="fromjava.client"/>
</bindings>
</bindings>

Creating a Client from WSDL

To create a client from WSDL, you must create the following files:
■ “Client Java File (fromwsdl)” on page 163
■ “Client Configuration File (fromwsdl)” on page 164
■ build.xml
■ build.properties

The build.xml and build.properties files are standard in any Ant build environment.
Examples of these files are provided in the fromwsdl sample directory.

Client Java File (fromwsdl)

The client Java file defines the functionality of the web service client. The same client Java file is
used with both samples, wsit-enabled-fromjava and wsit-enabled-fromwsdl. For more
information on this file, see “Client Java File (fromjava)” on page 162.

Chapter 9 • WSIT Example Using a Web Container Without NetBeans IDE 163
Building and Deploying a Client

Client Configuration File (fromwsdl)

This is a sample custom-client.xml file. The wsdlLocation, package name, and
jaxb:package name XML tags are unique to each client and are highlighted in bold text

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="yes"?>

<bindings
xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema"
xmlns:jaxb="http://java.sun.com/xml/ns/jaxb"
xmlns:wsdl="http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/wsdl/"
wsdlLocation="http://localhost:8080/wsit-enabled-fromwsdl/
addnumbers?wsdl"
xmlns="http://java.sun.com/xml/ns/jaxws">
<bindings node="ns1:definitions"
xmlns:ns1="http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/wsdl/">
<package name="fromwsdl.client"/>
</bindings>
<bindings node="ns1:definitions/ns1:types/xsd:schema
[@targetNamespace=’http://duke.org’]"
xmlns:xs="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema"
xmlns:ns1="http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/wsdl/">
<jaxb:schemaBindings>
<jaxb:package name="fromwsdl.client"/>
</jaxb:schemaBindings>
</bindings>
</bindings>

Building and Deploying a Client

To build and deploy a client for either of the examples provided in this tutorial, type one of the
following Ant commands in the top-level directory of the respective example, (either
wsit-enabled-fromjava or wsit-enabled-fromwsdl) depending on which web container you
are using:

For GlassFish:

ant client

For Apache Tomcat:

ant -Duse.tomcat=true client

This command runs wsimport, which retrieves the web service’s WSDL, and then it runs javac
to compile the source.

164 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Undeploying a Web Service

Running a Web Service Client

To run a client for either of the examples provided in this tutorial, type one of the following Ant
commands in the top-level directory of the respective example, (either
wsit-enabled-fromjava or wsit-enabled-fromwsdl) depending on which web container you
are using:

For GlassFish:

ant run

For the Apache Tomcat:

ant -Duse.tomcat=true run

This command executes the run target, which simply runs Java with the name of the client’s
class, for example, fromwsdl.client.AddNumbersClient.

Undeploying a Web Service

During the development process, it is often useful to undeploy a web service. Undeploying a
web service means to disable and remove it from the web container. Once the web service is
removed, clients are no longer able to use the web service. Further, the web service will not
restart without explicit redeployment by the user.

To undeploy from GlassFish, type the following commands:

asadmin undeploy --user admin wsit-enabled-fromjava

asadmin undeploy --user admin wsit-enabled-fromwsdl

To undeploy from Apache Tomcat, type the following commands:

rm $CATALINA_HOME/webapps/wsit-enabled-fromjava.war

rm $CATALINA_HOME/webapps/wsit-enabled-fromwsdl.war

Chapter 9 • WSIT Example Using a Web Container Without NetBeans IDE 165
166
 10
C H A P T E R 1 0

Accessing WSIT Services Using WCF Clients

This chapter describes how to build and run a Microsoft Windows Communication
Foundation (WCF) client that accesses the addnumbers service described in Chapter 9, “WSIT
Example Using a Web Container Without NetBeans IDE.”

Creating a WCF Client

The process of creating a WCF C# client to the addnumbers service is similar to that for a Java
programming language client. To create a WCF client you will:
1. Use the svcutil.exe tool to generate the C# proxy class and contracts for accessing the web
service.
2. Create a client program that uses the generated files to make calls to the addnumbers web
service.

This section covers the following topics:

■ “Prerequisites to Creating the WCF Client” on page 167
■ “Examining the Client Class” on page 168
■ “Building and Running the Client” on page 169

Prerequisites to Creating the WCF Client

You must have the following software installed to create the WCF client:
■ Microsoft Windows Software Development Kit (SDK) for July Community Technology
Preview
■ Microsoft .NET Framework 3.0 RTM

167
Creating a WCF Client

■ The csclient-enabled-fromjava.zip example bundle, which you can download from

https://wsit.dev.java.net/
source/browse/*checkout*/wsit/wsit/docs/howto/csclient-enabled-fromjava.zip

You must also deploy the addnumbers service described in Chapter 9, “WSIT Example Using a
Web Container Without NetBeans IDE.” You can download the service from
https://wsit.dev.java.net/
source/browse/*checkout*/wsit/wsit/docs/howto/wsit-enabled-fromjava.zip.

Examining the Client Class

The client class uses a generated proxy class, AddNumbersImpl, to access the web service. The
port instance variable stores a reference to the proxy class.

port = new AddNumbersImplClient("AddNumbersImplPort");

...

Then the web service operation addNumbers is called on port:

:...
int result = port.addNumbers (number1, number2);
...

The full Client.cs class is as follows:

using System;

class Client {
static void Main(String[] args) {
AddNumbersImplClient port = null;
try {
port = new AddNumbersImplClient("AddNumbersImplPort");
int number1 = 10;
int number2 = 20;

Console.Write("Adding {0} and {1}. ", number1, number2);

int result = port.addNumbers (number1, number2);
Console.WriteLine("Result is {0}.\n\n",result);

number1 = -10;
Console.Write("Adding {0} and {1}. ", number1, number2);
result = port.addNumbers (number1, number2);
Console.WriteLine("Result is {0}.\n\n",result);
port.Close();
} catch (System.ServiceModel.FaultException e) {
Console.WriteLine("Exception: " + e.Message);

168 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Creating a WCF Client

if (port != null) port.Close();

}
}
}

Building and Running the Client

The example bundle contains all the files you need to build and run a WCF client that accesses a
WSIT web service written in the Java programming language.

The csclient-enabled-fromjava.zip bundle contains the following files:

■ Client.cs, the C# client class
■ build.bat, the build batch file

This section covers the following topics:

■ “Generating the Proxy Class and Configuration File” on page 169
■ “To Build the AddNumbers Client” on page 169
■ “To Customize the build.bat File” on page 170
■ “To Run the AddNumbers Client” on page 170

Generating the Proxy Class and Configuration File

When creating a Java programming language client, you use the wsimport tool to generate the
proxy and helper classes used by the client class to access the web service. When creating a WCF
client, the svcutil.exe tool provides the same functionality as the wsimport tool. svcutil.exe
generates the C# proxy class and contracts for accessing the service from a C# client program.

The example bundle contains a batch file, build.bat, that calls svcutil.exe to generate the
proxy class. The command is:

svcutil /config:Client.exe.config http://localhost:8080/wsit-enabled-fromjava/addnumbers?wsdl

▼ To Build the AddNumbers Client

The example bundle’s build.bat file first generates the proxy class and configuration file for the
client, then compiles the proxy class, configuration file, and Client.cs client class into the
Client.exe executable file.

To run build.bat, do the following.

1 At a command prompt, navigate to the location where you extracted the example bundle.

2 If necessary, customize the build.bat file as described in “To Customize the build.bat File”on
page 170.

Chapter 10 • Accessing WSIT Services Using WCF Clients 169

Creating a WCF Client

3 Type the following command:

build.bat

▼ To Customize the build.bat File

To customize the build.bat file for your environment, do the following:

1 Open build.bat in a text editor.

2 On the first line, type the full path to the svcutil.exe tool. By default, it is installed at
C:\Program Files\Microsoft SDKs\Windows\v6.0\Bin.

3 On the first line, change the WSDL location URL if you did not deploy the addnumbers service to
the local machine, or if the service was deployed to a different port than the default 8080 port
number.
For example, the following command (all on one line) sets the host name to
testmachine.example.com and the port number to 8081:
svcutil /config:Client.exe.config
http://testmachine.example.com:8081/wsit-enabled-fromjava/addnumbers?wsdl

4 On line 2, change the location of the csc.exe C# compiler and the System.ServiceModel and
System.Runtime.Serialization support DLLs if you installed the .NET 2.0 and 3.0 frameworks
to non-default locations.

▼ To Run the AddNumbers Client

After the client has been built, run the client by following these steps.

1 At a command prompt, navigate to the location where you extracted the example bundle.

2 Type the following command:

Client.exe
You will see the following output:

Adding 10 and 20. Result is 30.

Adding -10 and 20. Exception: Negative numbers can’t
be added!

170 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

11
C H A P T E R

Data Contracts
1 1

This chapter describes guidelines for :

■ Designing an XML schema exposed by a web service starting from Java
■ Consuming a WCF service generated WSDL/XML schema when designing a Java client or
Java web service
■ Developing a Microsoft WCF client

A WSIT client/service uses JAXB 2.0 for XML serialization, generating XML schemas from Java
classes and generating Java classes from XML schemas. A WCF client/service uses either
XmlSerializer or DataContractSerializer for like tasks. JAXB 2.0 and the WCF XML
serialization mechanisms differ in two fundamental ways:
■ JAXB 2.0 supports all of XML schema. .NET’s DataContractSerializer and
XmlSerializer support different XML schema sets.
■ WCF’s XMLSerializer/DataContractSerializer and JAXB 2.0 differ in their mapping of
programming language datatypes to XML Schema constructs.

As a result, an XML schema generated from a programming language on one platform and
consumed on another platform may result in less than developer-friendly bindings. This
chapter discusses some of the common databinding differences between the two systems and
recommends ways to address them.

This chapter covers the following topics:

■ “Web Service - Start from Java” on page 172
■ “Web Service - Start from WSDL” on page 197
■ “Java Client” on page 197
■ “Customizations for WCF Service WSDL” on page 197
■ “Developing a Microsoft .NET Client” on page 201
■ “BP 1.1 Conformance” on page 202

171
Web Service - Start from Java

Web Service - Start from Java

This section provides guidelines for designing an XML schema exported by a Java web service
designed starting from Java. JAXB 2.0 provides a rich set of annotations and types for mapping
Java classes to different XML Schema constructs. The guidelines provide guidance on using
JAXB 2.0 annotations and types so that developer friendly bindings may be generated by XML
serialization mechanisms (svcutil) on WCF client.

Not all JAXB 2.0 annotations are included here; not all are relevant from an interoperability
standpoint. For example, the annotation @XmlAccessorType provides control over default
serialization of fields and properties in a Java class but otherwise has no effect on the
on-the-wire XML representation or the XML schema generated from a Java class. Select JAXB
2.0 annotations are therefore not included here in the guidance.

The guidance includes several examples, which use the following conventions:
■ The prefix xs: is used to represent XML Schema namespace.
■ JAXB 2.0 annotations are defined in javax.xml.bind.annotation package but, for brevity,
the package name has been omitted.

Data Types
This section covers the following topics:
■ “Primitives and Wrappers” on page 172
■ “BigDecimal Type” on page 173
■ “java.net.URI Type” on page 175
■ “Duration” on page 176
■ “Binary Types” on page 178
■ “XMLGregorianCalendar Type” on page 180
■ “UUID Type” on page 181
■ “Typed Variables” on page 182
■ “Collections Types” on page 183
■ “Array Types” on page 186

Primitives and Wrappers

Guideline: Java primitive and wrapper classes map to slightly different XML schema
representations. Therefore, .NET bindings will vary accordingly.

Example: A Java primitive type and its corresponding wrapper class

//-- Java code fragment

public class StockItem{
public Double wholeSalePrice;

172 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Web Service - Start from Java

public double retailPrice;

}

//--Schema fragment
<xs:complexType name="stockItem">
<xs:sequence>
<xs:element name="wholeSalePrice" type="xs:double" minOccurs="0"/>
<xs:element name="retailPrice" type="xs:double"/>
</xs:sequence>
</xs:complexType>

//-- .NET C# auto generated code from schema

public partial class stockItem
{
private double wholeSalePrice;
private bool wholeSalePriceFieldSpecified;
private double retailPrice;

public double wholeSalePrice

{
get{ return this.wholeSalePrice;}
set{this.wholeSalePrice=value}
}

public bool wholeSalePriceSpecified

{
get{ return this.wholeSalePriceFieldSpecified;}
set{this.wholeSalePriceFieldSpecified=value}
}

public double retailPrice

{
get{ return this.retailPrice;}
set{this.retailPrice=value}
}
}

//-- C# code fragment

stockItem s = new stockItem();
s.wholeSalePrice = Double.parse("198.92");
s.wholeSalePriceSpecified = true;
s.retailPrice = Double.parse("300.25");

BigDecimal Type
Guideline: Limit decimal values to the range and precision of .NET’s System.decimal.

java.math.BigDecimal maps to xs:decimal. .NET maps xs:decimal to System.decimal.

These two data types support different range and precision. java.math.BigDecimal supports

Chapter 11 • Data Contracts 173

Web Service - Start from Java

arbitrary precision. System.decimal does not. For interoperability use only values within the
range and precision of System.decimal. (See System.decimal.Minvalue and
System.decimal.Maxvalue.) Any values outside of this range require a customized .NET client.

Example: BigDecimal usage

//--- Java code fragment

public class RetBigDecimal {
private BigDecimal arg0;

public BigDecimal getArg0() { return this.arg0; }

public void setArg0(BigDecimal arg0) { this.arg0 = arg0; }
}

//--- Schema fragment

<xs:complexType name="retBigDecimal">
<xs:sequence>
<xs:element name="arg0" type="xs:decimal" minOccurs="0"/>
</xs:sequence>
</xs:complexType>

//--- .NET auto generated code from schema

public partial class retBigDecimal{
private decimal arg0Field;
private bool arg0FieldSpecified;

public decimal arg0 {

get { return this.arg0Field;}
set { this.arg0Field = value;}
}

public bool arg0Specified {

get { return this.arg0FieldSpecified;}
set { this.arg0FieldSpecified = value;}
}
}

//--- C# code fragment

System.CultureInfo engCulture = new System.CultureInfo("en-US");
retBigDecimal bd = new retBigDecimal();
bd.arg0 = System.decimal.MinValue;

retBigDecimal negBd = new retBigDecimal();

negBd = System.decimal.Parse("-0.0", engCulture);

174 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Web Service - Start from Java

java.net.URI Type
Guideline: Use the @XmlSchemaType annotation for a strongly typed binding to a .NET client
generated with the DataContractSerializer.

java.net.URI maps to xs:string. .NET maps xs:string to System.string. Annotation

@XmlSchemaType can be used to define a more strongly typed binding to a .NET client generated
with the DataContractSerializer. @XmlSchemaType can be used to map java.net.URI to
xs:anyURI. .NET’s DataContractSerializer and XmlSerializer bind xs:anyURI differently:
■ DataContractSerializer binds xs:anyURI to .NET type System.Uri.
■ XmlSerializer binds xs:anyURI to .NET type System.string.

Thus, the above technique only works if the WSDL is processed using
DataContractSerializer.

Example: @XmlSchemaType and DataContractSerializer

// Java code fragment

public class PurchaseOrder
{
@XmlSchemaType(name="anyURI")
public java.net.URI uri;
}

//-- Schema fragment

<xs:complexType name="purchaseOrder">
<xs:sequence>
<xs:element name="uri" type="xs:anyURI" minOccurs="0"/>
</xs:sequence>
</xs:complexType>

//--- .NET auto generated code from schema

//--- Using svcutil.exe /serializer:DataContractSerializer <wsdl file>
public partial class purchaseOrder : object,
System.Runtime.Serialization.IExtensibleDataObject
{

private System.Uri uriField;

//-- ..... other generated code ........

public System.Uri uri
{
get { return this.uriField; }
set { this.uriField = value; }
}
}

//--- C# code fragment

Chapter 11 • Data Contracts 175

Web Service - Start from Java

purchaseOrder tmpU = new purchaseOrder()

tmpU.uri = new System.Uri("../Hello", System.UriKind.Relative);

Example:@XmlSchemaType and XmlSerializer

// Java code fragment

public class PurchaseOrder
{
@XmlSchemaType(name="anyURI")
public java.net.URI uri;
}

//--- .NET auto generated code from schema

//--- Using svcutil.exe /serializer:XmlSerializer <wsdl file>
public partial class purchaseOrder
{
private string uriField;
public string uri
{
get { return this.uriField; }
set { this.uriField = value; }
}
}

//--- C# code fragment

purchaseOrder tmpU = new purchaseOrder()
tmpU.uri = "mailto:mailto:[email protected]";

Duration
Guideline: Use .NET’s System.Xml.XmlConvert to generate a lexical representation of
xs:duration when the binding is to a type of System.string.

javax.xml.datatype.Duration maps to xs:duration. .NET maps xs:duration to a different

datatype for DataContractSerializer and XmlSerializer.
■ DataContractSerializer binds xs:duration to .NET System.TimeSpan.
■ XmlSerializer binds xs:duration to .NET System.string.

When xs:duration is bound to .NET System.string, the string value must be a lexical
representation for xs:duration. .NET provides utility System.Xml.XmlConvert for this
purpose.

Example: Mapping xs:duration using DataContactSerializer

//-- Java code fragment

public class PurchaseReport {
public javax.xml.datatype.Duration period;

176 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Web Service - Start from Java

//-- Schema fragment

<xs:complexType name="purchaseReport">
<xs:sequence>
<xs:element name="period" type="xs:duration" minOccurs="0"/>
</xs:sequence>
</xs:complexType>

//-- .NET auto generated code from schema

//-- Using svcutil.exe /serializer:DataContractSerializer <wsdl file>
public partial class purchaseReport: object,
System.Runtime.Serialization.IExtensibleDataObject
{
private System.TimeSpan periodField;
//-- ..... other generated code ........
public System.TimeSpan period
{
get { return this.periodField; }
set { this.periodField = value; }
}
}

//-- C# code fragment

purchaseReport tmpR = new purchaseReport();
tmpR.period = new System.TimeSpan.MaxValue;

Example: Mapping xs:duration using XmlSerializer

//-- .NET auto generated code from schema

//-- Using svcutil.exe /serializer:XmlSerializer <wsdl file>
public partial class purchaseReport
{
private string periodField;
public string period
{
get { return this.periodField; }
set { this.periodField = value; }
}
}

//-- C# code fragment

purchaseReport tmpR = new purchaseReport();
tmpR.period = System.Xml.XmlConvert.ToString(new System.TimeSpan(23, 0,0));

Chapter 11 • Data Contracts 177

Web Service - Start from Java

Binary Types
Guideline: java.awt.Image, javax.xml.transform.Source, and
javax.activation.DataHandler map to xs:base64Binary. .NET maps xs:base64Binary to
byte[].

JAXB 2.0 provides the annotation @XmlMimeType, which supports specifying the content type,
but .NET ignores this information.

Example: Mapping java.awt.Image without @XmlMimeType

//-- Java code fragment

public class Claim {
public java.awt.Image photo;
}

//-- Schema fragment

<xs:complexType name="claim">
<xs:sequence>
<xs:element name="photo" type="xs:base64Binary" minOccurs="0"/>
</xs:sequence>
</xs:complexType>

//-- .NET auto generated code from schema

public partial class claim : object,
System.Runtime.Serialization.IExtensibleDataObject
{
private byte[] photoField;
//-- ..... other generated code .......
public byte[] photo
{
get { return this.photoField; }
set { this.photoField = value; }
}
}

//-- C# code fragment

try
{
claim tmpC = new claim();

System.IO.FileStream f = new System.IO.FileStream(

"C:\\icons\\circleIcon.gif", System.IO.FileMode.Open);
int cnt = (int)f.Length;
tmpC.photo = new byte[cnt];
int rCnt = f.Read(tmpC.photo, 0, cnt);

178 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Web Service - Start from Java

catch (Exception e)
{
Console.WriteLine(e.ToString());
}

Example: Mapping java.awt.Image with @XmlMimeType

//-- Java code fragment

public class Claim {
@XmlMimeType("image/gif")
public java.awt.Image photo;
}

//-- Schema fragment

<xs:complexType name="claim">
<xs:sequence>
<xs:element name="photo" ns1:expectedContentTypes="image/gif"
type="xs:base64Binary" minOccurs="0"
xmlns:ns1="http://www.w3.org/2005/05/xmlmime"/>
</xs:sequence>
</xs:complexType>

//-- Using the @XmlMimeType annotation doesn’t change .NET

//--auto generated code
public partial class claim : object,
System.Runtime.Serialization.IExtensibleDataObject
{
private byte[] photoField;
//-- ..... other generated code .......
public byte[] photo
{
get { return this.photoField; }
set { this.photoField = value; }
}
}

//-- This code is unchanged by the different schema

//-- C# code fragment
try
{
claim tmpC = new claim();

System.IO.FileStream f = new System.IO.FileStream(

"C:\\icons\\circleIcon.gif", System.IO.FileMode.Open);
int cnt = (int)f.Length;
tmpC.photo = new byte[cnt];
int rCnt = f.Read(tmpC.photo, 0, cnt);
}

Chapter 11 • Data Contracts 179

Web Service - Start from Java

catch (Exception e)
{
Console.WriteLine(e.ToString());
}

XMLGregorianCalendar Type
Guideline: Use java.xml.datatype.XMLGregorianCalendar instead of java.util.Date and
java.util.Calendar.

XMLGregorianCalendar supports the following XML schema calendar types: xs:date,

xs:time, xs:dateTime, xs:gYearMonth, xs:gMonthDay, xs:gYear, xs:gMonth, and xs:gDay. It
is statically mapped to xs:anySimpleType, the common schema type from which all the XML
schema calendar types are dervived. .NET maps xs:anySimpleType to System.string.

java.util.Date and java.util.Calendar map to xs:dateTime, but don’t provide as

complete XML support as XMLGregorianCalendar does.

Guideline: Use the annotation @XmlSchemaType for a strongly typed binding of

XMLGregorianCalendar to one of the XML schema calendar types.

Example: XmlGregorianCalendar without @XmlSchemaType

//-- Java code fragment

public class PurchaseOrder {
public javax.xml.datatype.XMLGregorianCalendar orderDate;
}

//-- Schema fragment

<xs:complexType name="purchaseOrder">
<xs:sequence>
<xs:element name="orderDate" type="xs:anySimpleType" minOccurs="0"/>
</xs:sequence>
</xs:complexType>

//-- .NET auto generated code from schema

public partial class purchaseOrder
{
private string orderDateField;
public string orderDate
{
get { return this.orderDateField; }
set { this.orderDateField = value; }
}
}

//-- C# code fragment

purchaseOrder tmpP = new purchaseOrder();

180 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Web Service - Start from Java

tmpP.orderDate = System.Xml.XmlConvert.ToString(
System.DateTime.Now, System.Xml.XmlDateTimeSerializerMode.RoundtripKind);

Example: XMLGregorianCalendar with @XmlSchemaType

//-- Java code fragment

public class PurchaseOrder {
@XmlSchemaType(name="dateTime")
public javax.xml.datatype.XMLGregorianCalendar orderDate;
}

//-- Schema fragment

<xs:complexType name="purchaseOrder">
<xs:sequence>
<xs:element name="orderDate" type="xs:dateTime" minOccurs="0"/>
</xs:sequence>
</xs:complexType>

//-- .NET auto generated code from schema

public partial class purchaseOrder : object,
System.Runtime.Serialization.IExtensibleDataObject
{
private System.Runtime.Serialization.ExtensionDataObject extensionDataField;
private System.DateTime orderDateField;

public System.Runtime.Serialization.ExtensionDataObject ExtensionData

{
get { return this.extensionDataField; }
set { this.extensionDataField = value; }
}

public System.DateTime orderDate

{
get { return this.orderDateField; }
set { this.orderDateField = value; }
}
}

//-- C# code fragment

purchaseOrder tmpP = new purchaseOrder();
tmpP.orderDate = System.DateTime.Now;

UUID Type
Guideline: Use Leach-Salz variant of UUID at runtime.
java.util.UUID maps to schema type xs:string. .NET maps xs:string to System.string.
The constructors in java.util.UUID allow any variant of UUID to be created. Its methods are
for manipulation of the Leach-Salz variant.

Chapter 11 • Data Contracts 181

Web Service - Start from Java

Example: Mapping UUID

//-- Java code fragment

public class ReportUid {
public java.util.UUID uuid;
}

//-- Schema fragment

<xs:complexType name="reportUid">
<xs:sequence>
<xs:element name="uuid" type="xs:string" minOccurs="0"/>
</xs:sequence>
</xs:complexType>

//-- .NET auto generated code from schema

public partial class reportUid: object,
System.Runtime.Serialization.IExtensibleDataObject
{
private System.Runtime.Serialization.ExtensionDataObject extensionDataField;
private string uuidField;

public System.Runtime.Serialization.ExtensionDataObject ExtensionData

{
get { return this.extensionDataField; }
set { this.extensionDataField = value; }
}

public string uuid

{
get { return this.uuidField; }
set { this.uuidField = value; }
}
}

//-- C# code fragment

reportUid tmpU = new reportUid();
System.Guid guid = new System.Guid("06b7857a-05d8-4c14-b7fa-822e2aa6053f");
tmpU.uuid = guid.ToString();

Typed Variables
Guideline: A typed variable maps to xs:anyType. .NET maps xs:anyType to System.Object.

Example: Using a typed variable

// Java class
public class Shape <T>
{

182 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Web Service - Start from Java

private T xshape;

public Shape() {};

public Shape(T f)
{
xshape = f;
}
}

//-- Schema fragment

<xs:complexType name="shape">
<xs:sequence>
<xs:element name="xshape" type="xs:anyType" minOccurs="0"/>
</xs:sequence>
</xs:complexType>

// C# code generated by svcutil

public partial class shape
{
private object xshapeField;

public object xshape

{
get { return this.xshapeField; }
set { this.xshapeField = value; }
}
}

Collections Types
Java collections types (java.util.Collection and its subtypes, array, List, and parameterized
collection types such as List<Integer>) can be mapped to XML schema in different ways and
can be serialized in different ways. The following examples show .NET bindings.

List of Nillable Elements

Guideline: By default, a collection type such as List<Integer> maps to an XML schema
construct that is a repeating unbounded occurrence of an optional and nillable element. .NET
binds the XML schema construct to System.Nullable<int>[]. The element is optional and
nillable. However, when marshalling JAXB marshaller will always marshal a null value using
xsi:nil.

Example: Collection to a list of nillable elements

//-- Java code fragment

@XmlRootElement(name="po")
public PurchaseOrder {

Chapter 11 • Data Contracts 183

Web Service - Start from Java

public List<Integer> items;

}

//-- Schema fragment

<xs:element name="po" type="purchaseOrder">
<xs:complexType name="purchaseOrder">
<xs:sequence>
<xs:element name="items" type="xs:int" nillable="true"
minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded"/>
</xs:sequence>
</xs:complexType>
...

//--- JAXB XML serialization

<po>
<items> 1 </items>
<items> 2 </items>
<items> 3 </items>
</po>

<po>
<items> 1 </items>
<items xsi:nil=true/>
<items> 3 </items>
</po>

//-- .NET auto generated code from schema

partial class purchaseOrder {
private System.Nullable<int>[] itemsField;

public System.Nullable<int>[] items

{
get { return this.itemsField; }
set { this.itemsField = value; }
}
}

List of Optional Elements

Guideline: This is the same as above except that a collection type such as List<Integer> maps
to a repeating unbounded occurrence of an optional (minOccurs="0") but not nillable element.
This in turn binds to .NET type int[]. This is more developer friendly. However, when
marshalling, JAXB will marshal a null value within the List<Integer> as a value that is absent
from the XML instance.

Example: Collection to a list of optional elements

184 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Web Service - Start from Java

//-- Java code fragment

@XmlRootElement(name="po")
public PurchaseOrder {
@XmlElement(nillable=false)
public List<Integer> items;
}

//-- Schema fragment

<xs:element name="po" type="purchaseOrder">
<xs:complexType name="purchaseOrder">
<xs:sequence>
<xs:element name="items" type="xs:int"
minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded"/>
</xs:sequence>
</xs:complexType>
...

// .NET auto generated code from schema

partial class purchaseOrder {
private int[] itemsField;

public int[] items

{
get { return this.itemsField; }
set { this.itemsField = value; }
}
}

List of Values
Guideline: A collection such as List<Integer> can be mapped to a list of XML values (that is,
an XML schema list simple type) using annotation @XmlList. .NET maps a list simple type to a
.NET System.string.

Example: Collection to a list of values using @XmlList

//-- Java code fragment

@XmlRootElement(name="po")
public PurchaseOrder {
@XmlList public List<Integer> items;
}

//-- Schema fragment

<xs:element name="po" type="purchaseOrder">
<xs:complexType name="purchaseOrder">
<xs:element name="items" minOccurs="0">
<xs:simpleType>
<xs:list itemType="xs:int"/>

Chapter 11 • Data Contracts 185

Web Service - Start from Java

</xs:simpleType>
</xs:element>
</xs:complexType>
...

//-- XML serialization

<po>
<items> 1 2 3 </items>
</po>

// .NET auto generated code from schema

partial class purchaseOrder {
private string itemsField;

public string items

{
get { return this.itemsField; }
set { this.itemsField = value; }
}
}

Array Types
Example: Single and multidimensional arrays

//-- Java code fragment

public class FamilyTree {
public Person[] persons;
public Person[][] family;
}

// .NET auto generated code from schema

public partial class familyTree
{
private person[] persons;
private person[][] families;

public person[] persons

{
get { return this.membersField; }
set { this.membersField = value; }
}

public person[][] families

{
get { return this.familiesField; }
set { this.familiesField = value; }
}
}

186 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Web Service - Start from Java

Fields and Properties

The following guidelines apply to mapping of JavaBeans properties and Java fields, but for
brevity Java fields are used.

@XmlElement Annotation
Guideline: The @XmlElement annotation maps a property or field to an XML element. This is
also the default mapping in the absence of any other JAXB 2.0 annotations. The annotation
parameters in @XmlElement can be used to specify whether the element is optional or required,
nillable or not. The following examples illustrate the corresponding bindings in the .NET client.

Example: Map a field or property to a nillable element

//-- Java code fragment

public class PurchaseOrder {

// Map a field to a nillable XML element

@javax.xml.bind.annotation.XmlElement(nillable=true)
public java.math.BigDecimal price;
}

//-- Schema fragment

<xs:complexType name="purchaseOrder">
<xs:sequence>
<xs:element name="price" type="xs:decimal"
nillable="true" minOccurs="0" />
</xs:sequence>
</xs:complexType>

// .NET auto generated code from schema

public partial class purchaseOrder {
private System.Nullable<decimal> priceField;
private bool priceFieldSpecified;

public decimal price

{
get { return this.priceField; }
set { this.priceField = value; }
}

public bool priceSpecified {

{
get { return this.priceFieldSpecified; }
set { this.priceFieldSpecified = value;}
}
}

Chapter 11 • Data Contracts 187

Web Service - Start from Java

Example: Map a property or field to a nillable, required element

//-- Java code fragment

public class PurchaseOrder {

// Map a field to a nillable XML element

@XmlElement(nillable=true, required=true)
public java.math.BigDecimal price;
}

//-- Schema fragment

<xs:complexType name="purchaseOrder">
<xs:sequence>
<xs:element name="price" type="xs:decimal"
nillable="true" minOccurs="1" />
</xs:sequence>
</xs:complexType>

// .NET auto generated code from schema

public partial class purchaseOrder {
private System.Nullable<decimal> priceField;

public decimal price

{
get { return this.priceField; }
set { this.priceField = value; }
}
}

@XmlAttribute Annotation
Guideline: A property or field can be mapped to an XML attribute using @XmlAttribute
annotation. .NET binds an XML attribute to a property.

Example: Mapping a field or property to an XML attribute

//-- Java code fragment

public class UKAddress extends Address {
@XmlAttribute
public int exportCode;
}

//-- Schema fragment

<! XML Schema fragment -->
<xs:complexType name="ukAddress">
<xs:complexContent>
<xs:extension base="tns:address">
<xs:sequence/>

188 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Web Service - Start from Java

<xs:attribute name="exportCode" type="xs:int"/>

</xs:extension>
</xs:complexContent>
</xs:complexType>

// .NET auto generated code from schema

public partial class ukAddress : address
{
private int exportCodeField;
public int exportCode
{
get { return this.exportCodeField; }
set { this.exportCodeField = value; }
}
}

@XmlElementRefs Annotation
Guideline: @XmlElementRefs maps to a xs:choice. This binds to a property with name item in
the C# class. If there is another field/property named item in the Java class, there will be a name
clash that .NET will resolve by generating name. To avoid the name clash, either change the
name or use customization, for example @XmlElement(name="foo").

Example: Mapping a field or property using @XmlElementRefs

//-- Java code fragment

public class PurchaseOrder {
@XmlElementRefs({
@XmlElementRef(name="plane", type=PlaneType.class),
@XmlElementRef(name="auto", type=AutoType.class)})
public TransportType shipBy;
}

@XmlRootElement(name="plane")
public class PlaneType extends TransportType {}

@XmlRootElement(name="auto")
public class AutoType extends TransportType { }

@XmlRootElement
public class TransportType { ... }

//-- Schema fragment

<!-- XML schema generated by wsgen -->
<xs:complexType name="purchaseOrder">
<xs:choice>
<xs:element ref="plane"/>
<xs:element ref="auto"/>

Chapter 11 • Data Contracts 189

Web Service - Start from Java

</xs:choice>
</xs:complexType>

<!-- XML global elements -->

<xs:element name="plane" type="autoType" />
<xs:element name="auto" type="planeType" />

<xs:complexType name="autoType">
<!-- content omitted - details not relevant to example -->
</xs:complexType>

</xs:complexType name="planeType">
<!-- content omitted - details not relevant to example -->
</xs:complexType>

// .NET auto generated code from schema

public partial class purchaseOrder {
private transportType itemField;

[System.Xml.Serialization.XmlElementAttribute("auto", typeof(autoType), Order=4)]

[System.Xml.Serialization.XmlElementAttribute("plane", typeof(planeType), Order=4)]
public transportType Item
{
get { return this.itemField; }
set { this.itemField = value; }
}

public partial class planeType { ... } ;

public partial class autoType { ... } ;

Java Classes
A Java class can be mapped to different XML schema type and/or an XML element. The
following guidelines apply to the usage of annotations at the class level.

@XmlType Annotation - Anonymous Type

Guideline: Prefer mapping class to named XML schema type rather than an anonymous type
for a better .NET type binding.

The @XmlType annotation is used to customize the mapping of a Java class to an anonymous
type. .NET binds an anonymous type to a .NET class - one per reference to the anonymous type.
Thus, each Java class mapped to an anonymous type can generate multiple classes on the .NET
client.

Example: Mapping a Java class to an anonymous type using @XmlType

190 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Web Service - Start from Java

//-- Java code fragment

public class PurchaseOrder {
public java.util.List<Item> item;
}
@XmlType(name="")
public class Item {
public String productName;
...
}

//-- Schema fragment

<xs:complexType name="purchaseOrder">
<xs:sequence>
<xs:element name="item">
<xs:complexType>
<xs:sequence>
<xs:element name="productName" type="xs:string"/>
</xs:sequence>
</xs:complexType
> </xs:element>
</xs:sequence>
</xs:complexType>

// C# code generated by svcutil

public partial class purchaseOrder
{
private purchaseOrderItem[] itemField;
System.Xml.Serialization.XmlElementAttribute("item",
Form=System.Xml.Schema.XmlSchemaForm.Unqualified, IsNullable=true, Order=0)]
public purchaseOrderItem[] item
{
get {
return this.itemField;
}

set {
this.itemField = value;
}
}
}

// .NET auto generated code from schema

public partial class purchaseOrderItem
{
private string productNameField;
public string productName {
get { return this.productNameField; }
set { this.productNameField = value; }

Chapter 11 • Data Contracts 191

Web Service - Start from Java

}
}

@XmlType Annotation - xs:all

Guideline: Avoid using XmlType(propOrder=:{}).

@XmlType(propOrder={}) maps a Java class to an XML Schema complex type with xs:all
content model. Since XML Schema places severe restrictions on xs:all, the use of
@XmlType(propOrder={}) is therefore not recommended. So, the following example shows the
mapping of a Java class to xs:all, but the corresponding .NET code generated by svcutil is
omitted.

Example: Mapping a class to xs:all using @XmlType

//-- Java code fragment

@XmlType(propOrder={})
public class USAddress {
public String name;
public String street;
}

//-- Schema fragment

<xs:complexType name="USAddress">
<xs:all>
<xs:element name="name" type="xs:string"/>
<xs:element name="street" type="xs:string"/>
...
</xs:all>
</xs:complexType>

@XmlType Annotation - Simple Content

Guideline: A class can be mapped to a complexType with a simpleContent using @XmlValue
annotation. .NET binds the Java property annotated with @XmlValue to a property with name
"value".

Example: Class to complexType with simpleContent

//-- Java code fragment

public class InternationalPrice
{
@XmlValue
public java.math.BigDecimal price;

@XmlAttribute public String currency;

}

192 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Web Service - Start from Java

//-- Schema fragment

<xs:complexType name="internationalPrice">
<xs:simpleContent>
<xs:extension base="xs:decimal">
xs:attribute name="currency" type="xs:string"/>
</xs:extension>
</xs:simpleContent>
</xs:complexType>

// .NET auto generated code from schema

public partial class internationalPrice
{
private string currencyField;
private decimal valueField;
public string currency
{
get { return this.currencyField; }
set { this.currencyField = value;}
}

public decimal Value

{
get { return this.valueField; }
set { this.valueField = value;}
}
}

Open Content
JAXB 2.0 supports the following annotations for defining open content. (Open content allows
content not statically defined in XML schema to occur in an XML instance):
■ The @XmlAnyElement annotation maps to xs:any, which binds to the .NET type
System.Xml.XmlElement[].
■ The @XmlAnyAttribute annotation maps to xs:anyAttribute, which binds to the .NET
type System.Xml.XmlAttribute[].

Example: Using @XmlAnyElement for open content

//-- Java code fragment

@XmlType(propOrder={"name", "age", "oc"})
public class OcPerson {
@XmlElement(required=true)
public String name;
public int age;

Chapter 11 • Data Contracts 193

Web Service - Start from Java

// Define open content

@XmlAnyElement
public List<Object> oc;
}

//-- Schema fragment

<xs:complexType name="ocPerson">
<xs:sequence>
<xs:element name="name" type="xs:string"/>
<xs:element name="age" type="xs:int"/>
<xs:any minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded">
</xs:sequence>
</xs:complexType>

// .NET auto generated code from schema

public class ocPerson
{
private String name;
private int age;
private System.Xml.XmlElement[] anyField;<

public String name { ... }

public int age { ... }

public System.Xml.XmlElement[] Any {

{
get { return this.anyField; }
set { this.anyField = value; }
}
}

Example: Using @XmlAnyAttribute for open content

//-- Java code fragment

@XmlType(propOrder={"name", "age"}
public class OcPerson {
public String name;
public int age;

// Define open content

@XmlAnyAttribute
public java.util.Map oc;
}

//-- Schema fragment

<xs:complexType name="ocPerson">
<xs:sequence>
<xs:element name="name" type="xs:string"/>

194 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Web Service - Start from Java

<xs:element name="age" type="xs:int"/>

</xs:sequence>
<xs:anyAttribute/>
</xs:complexType>

// .NET auto generated code from schema

public class ocPerson
{
private String name;
private double age;
private System.Xml.XmlAttribute[] anyAttrField;<

public String name { ... }

public double age { ... }

public System.Xml.XmlElement[] anyAttr {

{
get { return this.anyAttrField; }
set { this.anyAttrField = value; }
}
}

Enum Type
Guideline: A Java enum type maps to an XML schema type constrained by enumeration facets.
This, in turn, binds to the .NET type enum type.

Example: Java enum → xs:simpleType (with enum facets) → .NET enum

//-- Java code fragment

public enum USState {MA, NH}

//-- Schema fragment

<xs:simpleType name="usState">
<xs:restriction base="xs:string">
<xs:enumeration value="NH" />
<xs:enumeration value="MA" />
</xs:restriction>
</xs:simpleType>

// .NET auto generated code from schema

public enum usState { NH, MA }

Chapter 11 • Data Contracts 195

Web Service - Start from Java

Package-level Annotations
The following package-level JAXB annotations are relevant from an interoperability
standpoint:
■ @XmlSchema – customizes the mapping of package to XML namespace.
■ @XmlSchemaType – customizes the mapping of XML schema built-in type. The
@XmlSchemaType annotation can also be used at the property/field level, as was seen in the
example “XMLGregorianCalendar Type” on page 180.

@XmlSchema Annotation
A package is mapped to an XML namespace. The following attributes of the XML namespace
can be customized using the @XmlSchema annotation parameters:
■ elementFormDefault using @XmlSchema.elementFormDefault()
■ attributeFormDefault using @XmlSchema.attributeFormDefault()
■ targetNamespace using @XmlSchema.namespace()
■ Associate namespace prefixes with the XML namespaces using the @XmlSchema.ns()
annotation

These XML namespace attributes are bound to .NET serialization attributes (for example,
XmlSerializer attributes).

Not Recommended Annotations

Any JAXB 2.0 annotation can be used, but the following are not recommended:
■ The javax.xml.bind.annotation.XmlElementDecl annotation is used to provide
complete XML schema support.
■ The @XmlID and @XmlIDREF annotations are used for XML object graph serialization, which
is not well supported.

196 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Customizations for WCF Service WSDL

Web Service - Start from WSDL

The following guidelines apply when designing a Java web service starting from a WSDL:
1. If the WSDL was generated by DataContractSerializer, enable JAXB 2.0 customizations
described in “Customizations for WCF Service WSDL” on page 197. The rationale for the
JAXB 2.0 customizations is described in the same section.
2. If the WSDL is a result of contract first approach, verify that the WSDL can be processed by
either the DataContractSerializer or XmlSerializer mechanisms.
The purpose of this step is to ensure that the WSDL uses only the set of XML schema
features supported by JAXB 2.0 or .NET serialization mechanisms. JAXB 2.0 was designed
to support all the XML schema features. The WCF serialization mechanisms,
DataContractSerializer and XmlSerializer, provide different levels of support for XML
schema features. Thus, the following step will ensure that the WSDL/schema file can be
consumed by the WCF serialization mechanisms.

svcutil wsdl-file

The svcutil.exe tool, by default, uses DataContractSerializer but falls back to

XmlSerializer if it encounters an XML schema construct not supported by XmlFormatter.

Java Client
A Java client is always developed starting from a WSDL. See “Customizations for WCF Service
WSDL” on page 197 for guidelines.

Customizations for WCF Service WSDL

When developing either a Java web service or a Java client from a WCF service WSDL generated
using DataContractSerializer, the following JAXB 2.0 customizations are useful and/or
required.
■ generateElementProperty attribute
■ mapSimpleTypeDef attribute

The following sections explain the use and rationale of these customizations.

generateElementProperty Attribute
WCF service WSDL generated from a programming language such as C# using
DataContractSerializer may contain XML Schema constructs which result in
JAXBElement<T> in generated code. A JAXBElement<T> type can also sometimes be generated

Chapter 11 • Data Contracts 197

Customizations for WCF Service WSDL

when a WSDL contains advanced XML schema features such as substitution groups or
elements that are both optional and nillable. In all such cases, JAXBElement<T> provides
roundtripping support of values in XML instances. However, JAXBElement<T> is not natural to
a Java developer. So the generateElementProperty customization can be used to generate an
alternate developer friendly but lossy binding. The different bindings along with the trade-offs
are discussed below.

Default Binding
The following is the default binding of an optional (minOccurs="0") and
nillable(nillable="true") element:

//-- XML schema fragment

<xs:element name="person" type="Person"
<xs:complexType name="Person">
<xs:sequence>
<xs:element name="name" type="xs:string"
nillable="true" minOccurs="0"/>
</xs:sequence>
</xs:complexType>
...

// Binding
public class Person {
JAXBElement<String> getName() {...};
public void setName(JAXBElement<String> value) {...}
}

Since the XML element name is both optional and nillable, it can be represented in an XML
instance in one of following ways:

<!-- Absence of element name-->

<person>
<-- element name is absent -->
</person>

<!-- Presence of an element name -->

<person>
<name xsi:nil="true"/>
</person>

The JAXBElement<String> type roundtrips the XML representation of name element across an
unmarshal/marshal operation.

Customized Binding
When generateElementProperty is false, the binding is changed as follows:

198 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Customizations for WCF Service WSDL

// set JAXB customization generateElementProperty="false"

public class Person {
String getName() {...}
public void setName(String value) {...}
}

The above binding is more natural to Java developer than JAXBElement<String>. However, it
does not roundtrip the value of name.

JAXB 2.0 allows generateElementProperty to be set:

■ Globally in <jaxb:globalBindings>
■ Locally in <jaxb:property> customization

When processing a WCF service WSDL, it is recommended that the

generateElementProperty customization be set in <jaxb:globalBindings>:

<jaxb:bindings version="2.0"
xmlns:jxb="http://java.sun.com/xml/ns/jaxb"
xmlns:xs="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema">
<jaxb:bindings schemaLocation="schema-importedby-wcfsvcwsdl"
node="/xs:schema">
<jaxb:globalBindings generateElementProperty="false"/>
</jaxb:bindings>
...

Note – The generateElementProperty attribute was introduced in JAXB 2.1.

mapSimpleTypeDef Attribute
XML Schema Part 2: Datatype defines facilities for defining datatypes for use in XML Schemas.
.NET platform introduced the CLR types for some of the XML schema datatypes as described in
Table 11–1.

TABLE 11–1 CLR to XML Schema Type Mapping

CLR Type XML Schema Type

byte xs:unsignedByte

uint xs:unsignedInt

ushort xs:unsignedShor

ulong xs:unsignedLong

Chapter 11 • Data Contracts 199

Customizations for WCF Service WSDL

However, there are no corresponding Java types that map to the XML Schema types listed in
Table 11–1. Furthermore, JAXB 2.0 maps these XML schema types to Java types that are natural
to Java developer. However, this results in a mapping that is not one-to-one. For example:
■ xs:int -> int
■ xs:unsignedShort -> int
The lack of a one-to-one mapping means that when XML Schema types shown in Table 11–1
are used in an xsi:type construct, they won’t be preserved by default across an unmarshal
followed by marshal operation. For example:

// C# web method
public Object retObject(Object objvalue);
// Java web method generated from WCF service WSDL
public Object retObject(
Object objvalue);
}

The following illustrates why xsi:type is not preserved across an unmarshal/marshal

operation.
■ A value of type uint is marshalled by WCF serialization mechanism as:

<objvalue xsi:type="xs:unsignedShort"/>
■ JAXB 2.0 unmarshaller unmarshals the value as an instance of int and assigns it to
parameter objvalue.
■ The objvalue is marshalled back by JAXB 2.0 marshaller with an xsi:type of xs:int.

<objvalue xsi:type="xs:int"/>

One way to preserve and roundtrip the xsi:type is to use the mapSimpleTypeDef
customization. The customization makes the mapping of XML Schema Part 2 datatypes
one--to-one by generating additional Java classes. Thus, xs:unsignedShort will be bound to its
own class rather than int, as shown:

//Java class to which xs:unsignedShort is bound

public class UnsignedShort { ... }

The following illustrates how the xsi:type is preserved across an unmarshal/marshal

operation:
■ A value of type uint is marshalled by WCF serialization mechanism as:

<objvalue xsi:type="xs:unsignedShort"/>
■ JAXB 2.0 unmarshaller unmarshals the value as an instance of UnsignedShort and assigns it
to parameter objvalue.
■ The objvalue is marshalled back by JAXB 2.0 marshaller with an xsi:type of xs:int.

200 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Developing a Microsoft .NET Client

<objvalue xsi:type="xs:unsignedShort"/>

Guideline: Use the mapSimpleTypedef customization where roundtripping of XML Schema

types in Table 11–1 are used in xsi:type. However, it is preferable to avoid the use of CLR types
listed in Table 11–1 since they are specific to .NET platform.

The syntax of the mapSimpleTypeDef customization is shown below.

<jaxb:bindings version="2.0"
xmlns:jxb="http://java.sun.com/xml/ns/jaxb"
xmlns:xs="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema">
<jaxb:bindings schemaLocation="schema-importedby-wcfsvcwsdl"
node="/xs:schema">
<jaxb:globalBindings mapSimpleTypeDef="true"/>
</jaxb:bindings>
....

Developing a Microsoft .NET Client

This section describes how to develop a .NET client that uses data binding.

▼ To Develop a Microsoft .NET Client

Perform the following steps to generate a Microsoft .NET client from a Java web service WSDL
file.

1 Generate WCF web service client artifacts using the svcutil.exe tool:
svcutil.exe java-web-service-wsdl

svcutil.exe has the following options for selecting a serializer:

■ svcutil.exe /serializer:auto (default)
■ svcutil.exe /serializer:DataContractSerializer
■ svcutil.exe /serializer:XmlSerializer
It is recommended that you use the default option, /serializer:auto. This option ensures that
svcutil.exe falls back to XmlSerializer if an XML schema construct is used that cannot be
processed by DataContractSerializer.
For example, in the following class the field price is mapped to an XML attribute that cannot be
consumed by DataContractSerializer.

public class POType {

@javax.xml.bind.annotation.XmlAttribute
public java.math.BigDecimal price;

Chapter 11 • Data Contracts 201

BP 1.1 Conformance

<!-- XML schema fragment -->

<xs:complexType name="poType">
<xs:sequence/>
<xs:attribute name="price" type="xs:decimal"/>
</xs:complexType>

2 Develop the .NET client using the generated artifacts.

BP 1.1 Conformance
JAX-WS 2.0 enforces strict Basic Profile 1.1 compliance. In one situation, the .NET framework
does not enforce strict BP 1.1 semantics, and their usage can lead to interoperability problems.

In rpclit mode, BP 1.1

(http://www.ws-i.org/Profiles/BasicProfile-1.1-2006-04-10.html), R2211 disallows
the use of xsi:nil in part accessors: “An ENVELOPE described with an rpc-literal binding
MUST NOT have the xsi:nil attribute with a value of "1" or "true" on the part accessors.”

From a developer perspective this means that in rpclit mode, JAX-WS does not allow a null to
be passed in a web service method parameter.

//Java Web method

public byte[] retByteArray(byte[] inByteArray)
{
return inByteArray;
}

<!-- In rpclit mode, the above Java web service method will throw an exception
if the following XML instance with xsi:nil is passed by a .NET client.-->
<RetByteArray xmlns="http://tempuri.org/">
<inByteArray a:nil="true" xmlns=""
xmlns:a="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"/>
</RetByteArray>

202 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 12
C H A P T E R 1 2

Using Atomic Transactions

This chapter explains how to configure and use WSIT WS-TX, which implements Web
Services-AtomicTransactions (WS-AT) and Web Services-Coordination (WS-Coordination).
WSIT WS-TX enables Java EE transactions to work across heterogeneous systems that support
WS-AT and WS-Coordination.

About the basicWSTX Example

The basicWSTX example shows the following on the client-side:
1. Developers use existing Java Transaction APIs (JTA). Invocations of transacted web service
operations flow transactional context from client to web service. Persistent resources
updated with client-created transactions are all committed or rolled back as a single atomic
transaction.
2. After the client-side code commits or aborts the JTA transaction, the client confirms that all
operations in the transaction succeeded or failed by using calls to verify methods on the
transacted web service.
SampleServiceClient, a WSIT servlet that initiates the transaction, and msclient, a client that
performs the same operations but runs on the Microsoft side, both interact with the following
components running on the service-side:
1. SimpleService, a web service implemented as a Java servlet with transacted operations. The
Edit Web Service Attributes feature in the NetBeans IDE WSIT plug-in is used to configure
Transaction Attributes of each web service operation.
2. SimpleServiceASCMTEJB, a web service implemented as container-managed transaction
enterprise bean (CMT EJB). No configuration is necessary for this case.
3. LibraryFacadeWebServiceBean, a web service that uses the Java Persistence API (JPA) with
two JDBC resources
4. Managed Java EE resources participating in a distributed transaction having its transacted
updates all committed or rolled back

203
About the basicWSTX Example

The servlet and CMT EJB transacted web service operations manipulate two JMS resources:
■ jms/ConnectionFactory, an XATransaction connection factory
■ jms/Queue, a JMS queue

The LibraryFacadeWebServiceBean web service operations manipulate the JDBC

resources:
■ connectionPool, an XATransaction JDBC connection pool
■ jdbc/javaProgrammingLibrary, a JDBC connection resource

This example shows how to use XATransaction -enabled JMS and JDBC. The first version of
this example, showing WSIT-to-WSIT operations, has the SampleServiceClient client
configured to run on one GlassFish instance and the service running on the other GlassFish
instance. Either the Java client or the Java web service could be replaced by a semantically
equivalent Microsoft implementation. The Java client is, in fact, replaced by a Microsoft WCF
client in the more advanced version of the example.

With the SampleServiceClient client, the WS-Coordination/WS-AtomicTransaction

protocol messages flow back and forth between the two GlassFish instances just as they do in
the Microsoft-to-Sun transaction interoperability scenario with the msclient client.

The basicWSTX example was initially designed so it could be run in either one or in two
GlassFish domains. If you run the example in one domain, only one coordinator is used; no
WS-Coordination protocol messages will be exchanged. This chapter explains how to run the
example in two domains so both protocols, WS-Coordination and WS-AtomicTransaction
(WS-AT), are used, as shown in Figure 12–1.

204 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 About the basicWSTX Example

Domain 2 Domain 1

Client AT Coordinator AT Coordinator Transacted

Servlet (Subordinate) Web Service
(Root)
(Initiator App)

Transacted Application
Message Request

wscoor: register

wscoor: response

Application
Message Response

WS-AT
Protocol Messages
(two-phase commit)

FIGURE 12–1 WS-Coordination and WS-AtomicTransaction Protocols in Two GlassFish Domains

The example also provides the msclient client, which is the equivalent of the client servlet
shown in Domain 2.

Figure 12–2 shows the components that make up the two domain example. Again, the msclient
client would be equivalent to the client servlet in Domain 2 in this figure as well.

Chapter 12 • Using Atomic Transactions 205

About the basicWSTX Example

Machine B

Domain 1

SimpleService
(servlet web service)
(transacted operators)

SimpleServiceASCMTEJB
(EJB web service)
(transacted operators) Machine A

Domain 2
JMS Resources
Client Servlet msclient
jms/ConnectionFactory
(Txn initiator) XATransaction (Txn initiator)

jms/Queue

LibraryFacadeWebServiceBean
(accessor EJB web service)
(transacted operators)

Book
(entity)

JDBC Resources

jdbc/ConnectionPool
XATransaction

jdbc/javaProgrammingLibrary

206 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

FIGURE 12–2 Components in the basicWSTX Example

 Building, Deploying and Running the basicWSTX Example

The service, which runs in domain1, is comprised of two components:

■ SimpleService, a web service that is implemented as a servlet with transacted operations
■ SimpleServiceASCMTEJB, a container-managed transaction enterprise bean (CMT EJB)
web service

The SimpleService web service uses two JMS resources that are created in domain1:
■ jms/ConnectionFactory, an XATransaction connection factory
■ jms/Queue, a JMS queue

The LibraryFacadeWebServiceBean web service uses the Java Persistence API (JPA) with two
JDBC resources that are created in domain1:
■ connectionPool, an XATransaction JDBC connection pool
■ jdbc/javaProgrammingLibrary, a JDBC connection resource

The client servlet, which runs in domain2, initiates the transaction.

Building, Deploying and Running the basicWSTX Example

Complete the following steps to configure your environment then build, deploy, and run the
basicWSTX example.

▼ To Build, Deploy, and Run the basicWSTX Example

1 Download the sample kit for this example from
https://wsit-docs.dev.java.net/releases/1.1/wsittutorial.zip.

2 Ensure that properties that point to your local Application Server (or GlassFish) and WSIT
Tutorial installations have been set.

a. Copy file tut-install/wsittutorial/examples/bp-project/build.properties.sample to

file tut-install/wsittutorial/examples/bp-project/build.properties.

b. Set the javaee.home and wsit.tutorial.home properties in the file

tut-install/wsittutorial/examples/bp-project/build.properties.

c. Ensure that Application Server (or GlassFish) and at least Ant 1.6.5 have been installed and
are on the path.
Application Server (or GlassFish) includes Ant 1.6.5, which can be found in the
as-install/lib/ant/bin directory.

Chapter 12 • Using Atomic Transactions 207

Building, Deploying and Running the basicWSTX Example

3 Set up your environment to run the basicWSTX example.

To configure your environment to run the example:

a. Change to the tut-install/wsittutorial/examples/wstx/basicWSTX/SampleService

directory:
cd tut-install/wsittutorial/examples/wstx/basicWSTX/SampleService

b. Issue the following command to configure your environment to run the example:
ant setup

This step performs the following configuration tasks for you:

■ Starts domain1.
■ Creates the resources (jms/Queue and XATransaction jms/ConnectionFactory) used in
the example.
■ Creates and sets up two Application Server (or GlassFish) domains.
The domains can be created either on one machine or on two different machines. These
steps show you how to do it on one machine. The first domain, domain1, is created as part of
the Application Server (or GlassFish) installation.
■ Establishes trust between the two domains by installing each domain’s s1as security
certificate in the other domain’s truststore.

4 Use the NetBeans IDE to create a database connection.

a. Start the NetBeans IDE.

b. In the Services tab, right-click Databases and select New Connection.

The New Database Connection dialog displays.

c. Type jdbc:derby//localhost:1527/wstxSampleDB;create=true in the Database URL

field.

d. Type app in the User Name field.

e. Type app in the Password field.

f. Select the Remember password checkbox.

g. Click OK.

208 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Building, Deploying and Running the basicWSTX Example

5 Register the Application Server (or GlassFish) server instances (domain1 and domain2) in the
NetBeans IDE.

a. If Sun Java System Application Server (domain1) is already registered, go to Step 4g. If it is
not, go to Step 4b.

b. In the Services tab, right-click Servers, and select Add Server.

The Add Server Instance dialog appears.

c. Choose the server (Sun Java System Application Server (or GlassFish V2) from the
drop—down list and give it a descriptive name, such as Sun Java System Application Server -
domain1 (Server), and then click Next.
The Platform Location dialog displays.

d. ClickBrowse, navigate to the location where the Application Server (or GlassFish server) is
installed, then click Choose.

e. Make sure that the Register Local Default Domain radio button has been selected.

f. Use the drop-down list to select domain1, then click Next.

The Domain Admin Login Info dialog displays.

g. Type admin in the Admin Username field.

h. Type adminadmin in the Admin Password field.

i. Click Finish.
The server instance you just registered is the one in which you will run the web service
(SampleService).

j. Right-click Servers and select Add Server.

The Add Server Instance dialog appears.

k. Choose the server (Sun Java System Application Server (or GlassFish V2) from the
drop—down list and give it a descriptive name, such as Sun Java System Application Server -
domain2 (Client), and then click Next.
The Platform Location dialog displays.

l. ClickBrowse, navigate to the location where the Application Server (or GlassFish server) is
installed, then click Choose.

m. Make sure that the Register Local Default Domain radio button has been selected.

Chapter 12 • Using Atomic Transactions 209

Building, Deploying and Running the basicWSTX Example

n. Use the drop-down list to select domain2, then click Next.

The Domain Admin Login Info dialog displays.

o. Type admin in the Admin Username field.

p. Type adminadmin in the Admin Password field.

q. Click Finish.
The server instance you just registered is the one in which you will run the web service client
(SampleServiceClient).

6 Open the SampleService project and associate the SampleService web service with the
appropriate instance (domain1) of the Application Server (or GlassFish server).

a. Select File, then Open Project.

b. Browse to the tut-install/wsittutorial/examples/wstx/basicWSTX/ directory and select

the SampleService project.

c. Select the Open as Main Project check box.

d. Select the Open Required Projects check box.

e. Click Open Project.

The SampleService project and two required projects, SampleService-ejb and
SampleService-war, are opened and are shown in the Projects tab.

f. In the Projects tab, right-click SampleService, select Properties, then select the Run
category.

g. Use the Server drop—down list to point to the default domain, domain1, for the Application
Server (or Glassfish) server instance you registered in Step 4.

h. Click OK.

7 Resolve references to or add the Toplink Essentials Library to the SampleService-ejb project.
The SampleService-ejb project references the Toplink Essentials Library Module that is
included with NetBeans IDE. To verify whether the reference to this library is resolved in your
NetBeans IDE environment:

a. Right click the SampleService-ejb project and select Properties.

210 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Building, Deploying and Running the basicWSTX Example

b. Select the Libraries category.

You should see Toplink Essentials in the Compile-time Libraries pane of the Compile tab.

c. If you do not see the library, click Add Library to display the Add Library dialog.

d. Locate and select Toplink Essentials and then click Add Library.
You should now see Toplink Essentials in the Compile-time Libraries pane of the Compile
tab.

e. Click OK.
To verify that you have Toplink Essentials library in NetBeans IDE, select Tools and then
Library Manager. You should see "Toplink Essentials" in the left pane. If you don't, you can
create the library yourself using the two Toplink JAR files in the Application Server (or
GlassFish) lib directory and then resolve the reference to the newly created library.

8 Set the proper transaction attributes for each mapping (wsdl:binding /wsdl:operation) in
the SimpleService-war web service.
To set the transaction attributes for the SampleService-war web service:

a. In the Projects tab, expand the SampleService-war node.

b. Expand the Web Services node.

c. Right-click SimpleService and select Edit Web Service Attributes.

d. In the Quality of Service tab, expand the five operation nodes and then expand the method
nodes under each operation node. Use the Transaction drop-down list to set the appropriate
transaction attribute for each method:
■ Set init to Required.
■ Set publishRequired to Required.
■ Set publishSupports to Supported.
■ Set verify to Required.
■ Set getMessage to Required.
If any other operations are displayed, ignore them.

e. Click OK.
Transaction attributes for SampleServiceASCMTEJB do not need to be set; EJB 3.0
transaction attributes are used.
The transaction attribute settings for the SampleService-war are stored in the file
SampleService\SampleService-war\web\WEB-INF\wsit-wstx.sample.service.Simple.xml.

Chapter 12 • Using Atomic Transactions 211

Building, Deploying and Running the basicWSTX Example

9 Deploy the SampleService web service.

Right-click SampleService and select Undeploy and Deploy. NetBeans IDE will start domain1
and deploy the web service to that domain.

10 Register the SampleServiceClient client with the appropriate instance (domain2) of the
Application Server (or GlassFish) server.

a. Select File, then Open Project.

b. Browse to the tut-install/wsittutorial/examples/wstx/basicWSTX/ directory and select

the SampleServiceClient project.

c. Select the Open as Main Project check box.

d. Select the Open Required Projects check box.

e. Click Open Project.

The SampleServiceClient project is opened and is displayed in the Projects tab.

f. In the Projects tab, right-click SampleServiceClient, select Properties, then select the Run
category.

g. Use the Server drop—down list to point to domain2.

h. Click OK.

11 Create web service references for the client (three web service clients, a simpleServlet and two
CMT EJB clients) and generate the WSDL for all.

a. In the Projects tab, right-click SampleServiceClient, select New, then select Web Service
Client.
The New Web Service Client dialog displays.

b. Click Browse next to the Project field.

The Browse Web Services dialog displays.

c. Expand SampleService-war, select Simple, then click OK.

d. In the Package field, type wstx.sample.client, then click Finish.

e. Right-click SampleServiceClient, select New, then select Web Service Client.

The New Web Service Client dialog displays.

212 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Building, Deploying and Running the basicWSTX Example

f. Click Browse next to the Project field.

The Browse Web Services dialog displays.

g. Expand SampleService-ejb, select SimpleAsCMTEjb, then click OK.

h. In the Package field, type wstx.sample.ejbclient, then click Finish.

i. Right-click SampleServiceClient, select New, then select Web Service Client.

The New Web Service Client dialog displays.

j. Click Browse next to the Project field.

The New Web Service Client dialog displays.

k. Expand SampleService-ejb, select LibraryFacadeWebServiceBean, then click OK.

l. In the Package field, type wstx.sample.library, then click Finish.

12 (Optional) If transaction attributes for the servlet (see Step 7) or CMT EJB web service have
changed, those services must be deployed and client web service references refreshed to get
new web service attributes.
To refresh the client web service references for this example:

a. In the Projects tab, open the SampleServiceClient, then open Web Service References.

b. Right-click Simple and select Refresh Client to refresh the client node and regenerate the
WSDL for the simpleServlet.

c. Right-click SimpleAsCMTEjb to do the same for the CMT EJB client.

d. Right-click LibraryFacadeWebServiceBean to do the same for the

LibraryFacadeWebServiceBean client.

13 Deploy and run the client.

Right-click SampleServiceClient and select Run.
NetBeans IDE will start domain2, deploy the servlet and EJB CMT clients to that domain, then
display the results for both in a pop-up browser window, as shown in Figure 12–3.

Chapter 12 • Using Atomic Transactions 213

Building, Deploying and Running the basicWSTX Example

FIGURE 12–3 basicWSTX Results

214 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

Index

A E
aliases, specifying, 91 endpoints
annotations descriptions, 49
WebService, 40, 155 references, 49
Application Server, adding users to, 86-88 server-side, 49
atomic transactions, example, 203-213
authentication credentials, 74

F
flow control, 58
B
binary objects, encoding, 22
bootstrapping and configuration, 49-50
overview, 20-21 G
GlassFish
registering with the IDE, 39-40
C updating certificates, 89-90
certificates GlassFish users
digital, 77 adding, 86-88
v3, 89-90 configuring, 72
validating, 98
clients, securing web services, 63-69
configuration files, 138-145
client-side, 142-145 I
service-side, 139-142 inactivity timeout, 58

D J
data contracts, 171-202 Java files
default user, configuring, 72 annotations, 40, 51, 155
derived session keys, 23

215
Index

K reliable messaging options (Continued)

keystores inactivity timeout, 58
aliases, 91, 93 max buffer size, 58
configuring, 70, 71, 88-98 ordered delivery, 57
configuring on client, 95-97 required software, 17-18
configuring on service, 92-93

S
M SAML callback handlers
message optimization, 51-56 configuring, 72, 74
overview, 22, 31-32 examples of, 74-76
secure conversation and, 56 SAML tokens, validating, 98
messages, securing, 99 secure conversation
MetadataExchangeRequest, 21 message optimization and, 56
multiple-message-exchange sequence, 23 overview, 36-37
reliable messaging and, 59
security context token, 59
Secure Service, 65
O Secure Token Service (STS), configuring, 104-111
operations, securing, 99-104 security, 63-136, 137-149
ordered delivery, 57 client, 67-69
client-side configuration requirements, 70-76
configuration files, 138-145
configuring, 63-69
P derived session keys, 23
password, default, 74 examples, 112-135
mutual certificates (MCS), 114-116
SAML authorization over SSL (SA), 119-123
SAML sender vouches (SV), 123-126
Q STS issued token (STS), 126-131
Quality of Service, 22-23 transport security (SSL), 116-118
username authentication, 112-114
Secure Service, 65
service-side configuration requirements, 69-70
R SSL, 83-88
Reliable Message Delivery, 146 transport-layer, 77
reliable messaging, 57-61, 146 security context token, 59
configuration options, 57-58 security mechanisms, 65, 76-82
overview, 22-23, 32-34 configuration options, 145-149
performance degradation, 57 Endorsing Certificate, 79
secure conversation and, 59 issues addressed, 137-138
reliable messaging options Message Authentication over SSL, 79
enabled/disabled, 57 Mutual Certificates Security, 77
flow control, 58 SAML Authorization over SSL, 79

216 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007

 Index

security mechanisms (Continued) supporting token options, 104

SAML Holder of Key, 80
SAML Sender Vouches with Certificates, 80
STS Issued Endorsing Token, 82
STS Issued Token, 81 T
STS Issued Token with Service Certificate, 81 timestamps, validating, 98
Transport Security (SSL), 77-79 tokens, supporting, 104
Username Authentication with Symmetric Key, 77 truststores
security policy configuring, 70, 71, 88-98
description, 23 configuring on client, 95-97
overview, 34-35 configuring on service, 94-95
security technology, overview, 23-24 location, 95
sequence identifier, 22 peer alias, 95
services, securing, 63-69
session management, implementing, 22
shared security context, 23
SOAP
U
messages, 49 username
default, 74
specification, 27
validating, 98
software, required, 17-18
username authentication, configuring on client, 72-74
specifications
users, adding to Application Server, 86-88
bootstrapping and configuration, 25-26
message optimization, 27-28
reliable messaging, 28-29
security, 30-31 V
SOAP, 27 validating
SOAP MTOM, 28 certificates, 98
Web Services Addressing, 28 password, 98
Web Services Atomic Transactions, 29 SAML tokens, 98
Web Services Coordination, 29 token timestamps, 98
Web Services Metadata Exchange, 26, 50 username, 98
Web Services Policy, 26, 30 validators, configuring, 97-98
Web Services Reliable Messaging, 29
Web Services Secure Conversation, 28, 30
Web Services Security, 30
Web Services Security Policy, 31 W
Web Services Trust, 30 WCF, 24
WSDL, 26 platform, 24
SSL Web services, 24
configuring, 70, 72, 83-88 WCF clients, accessing WSIT services from, 167-170
STS Web Service Attributes editor, 52
configuring, 70, 72, 104-111 web services
creating, 105-107 configuring WSIT features, 42-44
specifying on service side, 108 creating, 40-42

217
Index

web services (Continued)

creating and deploying, 51, 155-156
creating clients for, 45-47
deploying and testing, 44
editing attributes, 64, 67
Java code, 40
securing, 63-69
Web Services-AtomicTransactions (WS-AT), 203-213
Web Services-Coordination
(WS-Coordination), 203-213
Web Services Description Language, See WSDL
Web Services Interoperability Technology, See WSIT
web services trust
description, 23
overview, 36
Windows Communication Foundation, See WCF
WS-Metadata Exchange protocol, 26
WS-Secure Conversation, 23
WS-TX, 203-213
WSDL, 20, 26, 49
creating clients from, 49-50
wsimport tool, 21
WSIT
and Indigo, 24
description, 19-24
joint testing, 24
platform, 24
Web services, 24
wsit-*.xml file
client, 142-145
service, 139-142

X
XML Infoset, 28

218 The WSIT Tutorial • November 2007